summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/21666-8.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '21666-8.txt')
-rw-r--r--21666-8.txt6974
1 files changed, 6974 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/21666-8.txt b/21666-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..168b441
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21666-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6974 @@
+Project Gutenberg's Uncle Rutherford's Nieces, by Joanna H. Mathews
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Uncle Rutherford's Nieces
+ A Story for Girls
+
+Author: Joanna H. Mathews
+
+Release Date: June 3, 2007 [EBook #21666]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UNCLE RUTHERFORD'S NIECES ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Edwards and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: "SUCH WAS THE PICTURE THAT PRESENTED ITSELF TO MY
+ VIEW."--_Page_ 10.]
+
+
+
+UNCLE RUTHERFORD'S NIECES
+
+A STORY FOR GIRLS
+
+
+
+By
+
+JOANNA H. MATHEWS
+
+_Author of "The Bessie Books," "Uncle Rutherford's Attic,"
+"Breakfast for Two," etc._
+
+ "For ruling wisely I should have small skill,
+ Were I not lord of simple Dara still."
+
+
+WITH ORIGINAL ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+
+NEW YORK
+FREDERICK A. STOKES & BROTHER
+1888
+
+Copyright, 1888,
+By FREDERICK A. STOKES & BROTHER.
+
+
+
+DEDICATED TO
+
+HERBERT HUNT,
+WITH LOVING AND BEST WISHES FOR HIS FUTURE YEARS,
+ON HIS BIRTHDAY,
+
+AUGUST 6, 1888.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+ PAGE
+
+CHAPTER I.
+ AN ARITHMETICAL PUZZLE 7
+
+CHAPTER II.
+ A CABLEGRAM 27
+
+CHAPTER III.
+ AN ARRIVAL 47
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+ "FOOD FOR THE GODS" 71
+
+CHAPTER V.
+ THE "MORNING BUGLE" 89
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+ UNCLE RUTHERFORD'S PRIZE 107
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+ TWO PEANUT-VENDERS 129
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+ NOT ON THE PROGRAMME 151
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+ MATTY 173
+
+CHAPTER X.
+A COLD BATH 195
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+FIVE DOLLARS 219
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+ CAUGHT IN THE ACT 241
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+ MATTY IS PROVIDED FOR 261
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+ JIM'S CONFESSION 285
+
+
+
+
+UNCLE RUTHERFORD'S NIECES
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+AN ARITHMETICAL PUZZLE.
+
+
+A sunny and a dark head, both bent over a much-befigured, much-besmeared
+slate, the small brows beneath the curls puckered,--the one in
+perplexity, the other with sympathy; opposite these two a third head
+whose carrotty hue betrayed it to be Jim's, although the face
+appertaining thereto was hidden from my view, as its owner, upon his
+hands and knees, also peered with interest at the slate. Wanderer,
+familiarly known as "Wand,"--the household dog, and the inseparable
+companion of my little sisters,--lay at their feet, as they sat upon a
+low rustic seat, manufactured for their special behoof by the devoted
+Jim; its chief characteristic being a tendency to upset, unless the
+occupant or occupants maintained the most exact balance, a seat not to
+be depended upon by the unwary or uninitiated, under penalty of a
+disagreeable surprise. To Allie and Daisy, however, it was a work of
+art, and left nothing to be desired, they having become accustomed to
+its vagaries.
+
+Such was the picture which presented itself to my view as I came out on
+the piazza of our summer-home by the sea, and from that point of
+vantage looked down upon the little group on the lawn below.
+
+But the problem upon which all three were intent had evidently proved
+too much for the juvenile arithmeticians; and, as I looked, Allie
+pushed the slate impatiently from her, saying,--
+
+"I can't make it out, Jim: it's too hard. You are too mixed up."
+
+"Now, Miss Allie! an' you with lessons every day," said Jim
+reproachfully. "Should think you might make it out."
+
+"I'm not so very grown up, Jim," answered the little girl; "and I've
+not gone so very far in the 'rithmetic; and I'm sure this kind of a sum
+must be in the very back part of the book."
+
+"Here comes Bill," said Jim, as a boy of his own age and social
+standing appeared around the corner of the house, a tin pail in one
+hand, a shrimp-net in the other. "Maybe he'll know. Mr. Edward's taught
+him lots of figgerin'. Come on, Bill, an' help me an' Miss Allie make
+out this sum. You ought to know it, bein' a Wall-street man."
+
+Allie said nothing; but I saw a slight elevation of her little head and
+a pursing of her rosy lips, which told me that she did not altogether
+relish the idea that a servant-boy might possess superior knowledge to
+herself, although he might be nearly double her age. Allie's sense of
+class distinctions was strong.
+
+Having faith in his own attainments, however, the "Wall-street
+man"--this was the liberal interpretation put by Jim upon his position
+as office-boy to brother Edward--deposited his pail and net upon the
+ground, and himself in a like humble position beside his fellow-servant
+and chum. He might be learned, but he was not proud by reason thereof.
+
+"Now le's see, Miss Allie," he said; "what is it you're tryin' to
+figger out?"
+
+"It's Jim's sum; and I can't see a bit of sense in it, even when it's
+down on the slate," answered Allie, still in a somewhat aggrieved tone.
+"He's as mixed up as a--as a--any thing," she concluded hastily, at a
+loss for a simile of sufficient force.
+
+"As a Rhode-Island clam-bake when they puts fish an' clams an'
+sweet-potatoes an' corn all in to once," said Jim.
+
+"_At_ once, not _to_ once; and they _put_, not they _puts_," corrected
+Allie, who, remarkably choice herself in the matter of language, never
+lost sight of a slip in grammar on the part of our _protégés_.
+
+"Seems funny, Miss Allie, that you, that's so clever in the right ways
+of talkin', can't do a sum," said Jim.
+
+Allie's self-complacency was somewhat restored by the compliment; but
+she still answered, rather resentfully,--
+
+"Well, I can, a decent sum! I had five lines yesterday, and added it
+all right, too; but a sum like that--I b'lieve even brother Ned
+couldn't do it!"
+
+That which brother Ned could not do was not to be compassed by man, in
+the opinion of the children. And, as if this settled the matter, Allie
+rose from her seat, forgetting for the moment the necessity for keeping
+an exact equilibrium, and that both its occupants must rise
+simultaneously, unless dire results were to follow to the one left
+behind. The usual catastrophe took place: the vacant end went up, and
+Daisy was thrown upon the ground, the seat fortunately being so low
+that her fall was from no great height; but the rickety contrivance
+turned over upon the child, and she received quite a severe blow upon
+her head. This called for soothing and ministration from an older
+source, and, for the time, put all thought of arithmetical puzzles to
+flight; but after I had quieted her, and she rested, with little
+arnica-bound head against my shoulder, Jim returned to the charge.
+
+"Miss Amy," he said, a little doubtfully, as not being quite sure of my
+powers, "bein' almost growed up, you're good at doin' up sums, I
+s'pose."
+
+Now, arithmetic was not altogether my strong point, nevertheless I
+believed myself quite equal to any problem of that nature which Jim was
+likely to propound; and I answered vain-gloriously, and with a view to
+divert the attention of the still-sobbing Daisy from her own woes,--
+
+"Of course, Jim. What do you want to know? No," declining the soiled
+slate which he proffered for my use, "I'll just do it in my head."
+
+"You're awful smart then, Miss Amy," said Bill, admiringly.
+
+But the question set before me by Jim proved so inextricably involved,
+so hopelessly "mixed up," as poor little Allie had said, that, even
+with the aid of the rejected slate, it would, I believe, have lain
+beyond the powers of the most accomplished arithmetician to solve. No
+wonder that it had puzzled Allie's infantile brains. To recall and set
+it down here, at this length of time, would be quite impossible; nor
+would the reader care to have it inflicted upon him. Days, weeks, and
+years, peanuts, pence, and dollars, were involved in the statement he
+made, or attempted to make, for me to work out the solution thereof;
+but it was hopeless to try to tell what the boy would be at; and,
+indeed, his own ideas on the subject were more than hazy, and, to his
+great disappointment, I was obliged to own myself vanquished.
+
+"What are you at, Jim?" I asked. "What object have you in all
+this"--rigmarole, I was about to say, but regard for his feelings
+changed it into "troublesome sum?"
+
+Jim looked sheepish.
+
+"Now, Miss Amy," broke in Bill, "he's got peanuts on his mind; how much
+he could make on settin' up some one in the peanut-business, an'
+gettin' his own profits off it. But now, Miss, did you ever hear of a
+peanut-man gettin' to be President of the United States, an' settin' in
+the White House?"
+
+"I believe I never heard of any peanut-man coming to that, Bill," I
+answered, laughing; "but I have heard of men whose early occupations
+were quite as lowly, becoming President in their later years."
+
+"An' I ain't goin' to be any peanut-man," said Jim. "I'm just goin' to
+stick to this place, an' Miss Milly an' her folks, till I get
+eddication enough to be a lawyer. I find it's mostly lawyers or sojers
+that gets to be Presidents; lawyers like Mr. Edward. Miss Amy," with a
+sudden air of apprehension, "you don't think Mr. Edward would try to
+cut me out, do you? He might, you know; an', bein' older an' with more
+learnin', he would have the start of me."
+
+"I do not think that Mr. Edward has any ambition to be President, Jim,"
+I answered, reassuringly. "You need have no fear of him."
+
+For to no less a height than this did Jim's ambition soar, and he had
+full faith that he should in time attain thereto. In his opinion, the
+day would surely come when,--
+
+ "The Father of his country's shoes
+ No feet would fit but his'n."
+
+And it was with a single eye to this that his rules of life were
+conformed. The reforms which he intended to institute, mostly in the
+interest of boys of his own age and social standing, when he should
+have attained to that dignity, were marvellous and startling. No
+autocrat of all the Russias, no sultan, was ever endowed with the
+irresponsible powers which Jim believed to appertain to the position he
+coveted; but, to his credit be it said, these were to be exercised by
+him more for the benefit of others than for himself.
+
+But he repudiated, now, the idea that the peanut venture upon which his
+mind was dwelling had any thing to do with his future honors.
+
+"Brother Edward would not be so mean to you, Jim," quoth Allie, who was
+standing by my knee. "You spoke first to be President, and he would
+never do such a thing as to take it from you."
+
+"And Jim is not thinking about that when he tries to find out that
+sum," said Daisy, raising her little bandaged head from my shoulder;
+"he is quite nice and pious, sister Amy, and wants to do a very right
+thing."
+
+"'Tain't for pious, neither, Miss Daisy," said Jim, who rather resented
+the imputation of being influenced by motives of that nature. "'Tain't
+none of your doin' good to folks, nor any of that kind of thing; it's
+on'y to animals, cause I'm sorry for 'em."
+
+"O Jim, what grammar!" sighed Allie. For Jim, when excited or specially
+interested, was apt to lapse into the vernacular against which he and
+his friends were striving; Allie in particular setting her face against
+it, and constituting herself his instructress and monitress in grammar
+and style.
+
+"Can't help it, Miss Allie," said Jim. "Can't keep grammar an'
+'rithmetic into my head both to once; leastways, not when the
+'rithmetic's such a hard one as this."
+
+The excuse was accepted as valid; and Jim and the matter which was now
+agitating his mind, both being at present in high favor and held in
+great interest, any further lapses were suffered to pass without
+correction or remark.
+
+Jim's love for and sympathy with all animals, especially such as were
+feeble or disabled in any way, was a well-known trait. A maimed or
+otherwise afflicted dog, horse, cat, or bird was sure to meet with more
+favor in his eyes than the most beautiful and perfect of its kind; and
+he had a horror of shooting birds or other game, which was quite
+remarkable in a boy of his antecedents. He even questioned the right
+and expediency of killing animals for food, although he never objected
+to partaking thereof when it was set before him. Fish, only, seemed to
+him legitimate prey in the way of sport; and for all noxious insects,
+snakes, or vermin of any description, he had a perfect hatred, setting
+at naught the principles of the Society for the Prevention of Cruelty,
+and really taking a most reprehensible delight in tormenting them,
+altogether at variance with his feeling for other creatures.
+
+"Bill," I said, turning to that youth as the most practical and
+clear-headed of the group, "tell me if you know what it is that Jim
+desires to find out, and the rest of you keep silence, and do not
+interrupt."
+
+"Well, Miss Amy," answered Bill, "it's just this. Jim was readin' in
+the newspaper about a' old lady, how she left all her money--an' she'd
+worked hard for it too, makin' a show of herself on account of bein' so
+fat--to keep a hospital for all sorts of hurt an' sick animals an'
+birds; an' Jim, he's just about as much took up with animals an' natur
+an' things of that kind as she must ha' been, even if he ain't so fat;
+an' he's got it on his mind to set up his own hospital, an' let Tony
+Blair an' his sister Matty keep it an' take care of the animals. Tony's
+lame, you know, and Matty's hunchbacked, an' can't work; so it's kind
+of beginnin' on the two-legged animals--at least, Tony's only one
+legged, but he has a right to be two, an' it's a help to them, too."
+
+Poor Tony Blair, with his deformed sister, had formerly been associates
+and chums of Bill and Jim, in the days when these last had themselves
+been young vagabonds, waifs, and strays, buffetting with a hard world;
+and that sentiment in Jim, which was "took up with animals an' natur,"
+had led him to befriend the helpless creatures, and to do them such
+kind turns as fell in his way. Overwhelming modesty, or a desire to
+hide his light under a bushel, were not distinguishing characteristics
+of Jim; but Bill also had borne ample testimony to the fact, that many
+a time in the old days Jim had deprived himself of a meal--Milly come
+by, it might be--to give it to the little cripples, poorly provided for
+by a drunken father and ill-tempered mother to whom they were naught
+but a burden. Many a faded and limp bouquet, discarded by some happier
+child of fortune, did Jim rescue from the ash-heap and bring to Matty,
+who had a passionate love for flowers; and not seldom during the spring
+and summer months would he take a long trudge into the suburbs, and
+gather wild blossoms to gratify the craving of the little hunchback. On
+one of these occasions he stole a little, fluffy chicken, which had
+wandered from its mother's guardianship beyond the garden palings of a
+small cottage, and, hastily buttoning it beneath his worn jacket, made
+off as fast as his feet would carry him to bestow his prize upon Matty,
+who had expressed a longing desire for a bird. But the stolen gift
+brought naught but distress to Matty's tender heart; for, when the
+ragged jacket was unbuttoned, the little yellow ball fell lifeless into
+Jim's hand.
+
+"I'm sure I thought he'd got lots of air to breathe," said Jim, wofully
+gazing at his victim, while Matty's tears bedewed it; "there's holes
+enough in my jacket to make it as ventilatin' as a' ash-sifter, an' it
+was awful mean in him to up an' die on me that way. An', Matty, I wish
+I hadn't brought him, for him to go an' disappint you like this. Never
+mind, some day I'll buy you a parrot an' a monkey."
+
+Tearful Matty declined the monkey, but the parrot had long since
+gladdened her weary hours; for a gorgeous specimen, given to much
+screaming, even more than is the usual manner of his kind, had been
+purchased by Jim for her behoof out of his little savings, soon after
+he and Bill had fallen into good hands, namely, those of my sister
+Millicent and brother Edward.
+
+This occurred not long after the chicken episode. Milly had become
+interested in the boys, whom she had encountered at one of the Moody
+and Sankey meetings, whither they had come, not for purposes of
+edification to themselves or others, but drawn, partly by their love of
+music, and partly by the desire to make themselves obnoxious to more
+decently disposed worshippers. But Milly, by her gentle tact, had
+disarmed them,--they being our near neighbors at the service,--and,
+profiting by this love of sweet sounds, had brought them within her
+influence; nor ceased her missionary efforts on their behalf until,
+with the aid of brother Edward, and the consent and co-operation of our
+parents, she had established them both as servants in the family, where
+they had opportunity and encouragement to fit themselves for decent and
+useful lives.
+
+But their rise in life had not caused Bill and Jim to forget their less
+fortunate little friends and _protégés_,--for Bill, too, had in his way
+been good to Tony and Matty, though he was not nearly so generous and
+self-sacrificing as Jim,--and they made them sharers in their improved
+circumstances so far as they were able. Jim had proposed that they also
+should be taken into our household, and nursed and cared for; but, as
+father and mother objected to having the house turned into a wholesale
+reformatory and hospital, his modest plan was not carried out. Some
+help, however, had been extended to the two cripples, who could have
+been provided with good homes in some beneficent institution, could the
+wretched mother have been induced to give them up; but, thinking
+probably that they excited sympathy by which she could profit, she
+refused to do so.
+
+Ever since Jim had fallen upon happier times, it seemed that the boy's
+whole nature had expanded, and he was constantly on the lookout, to use
+his own language, "for a chance to do a make-up for all the good done
+to me an' Bill." A certain ambitious and not unpraiseworthy pride, too,
+and a strong sense of gratitude and obligation to those who were
+befriending and helping them, particularly strong in Jim, were causing
+both boys to make the most of the opportunities offered to them.
+
+And now, it would seem, Jim was actuated by schemes of wholesale
+benevolence for one, two, and four legged animals.
+
+He had proved himself quite a hero during the last summer; had, through
+the force of circumstances and appearances, fallen under unjust
+suspicion, but had been absolutely and triumphantly cleared (the story
+of which may be found in "Uncle Rutherford's Attic"); and had made
+himself an object of considerable interest, not only to the members of
+our own family, to whom he had shown great loyalty and fidelity under
+severe temptation and trial, but also to outsiders who had known of the
+story of his adventures. Hence, he had been made the recipient of
+various tokens of this interest and appreciation, mostly of a pecuniary
+nature, and he now felt himself to be quite a moneyed man.
+
+With the generosity which was one of his characteristics,--perhaps the
+most distinguishing one,--he scouted the idea of retaining the whole of
+his small fortune for his own benefit, pressing a share of it upon
+Bill, presenting our children and his fellow-servants with tokens of
+his regard, mostly of a tawdry, seaside-bazaar nature, but beautiful in
+their eyes and his own; conveying, with an eye to the future, another
+portion to the care of brother Edward, to be used for "'lection
+expenses" when the time should come for him to run for that dignity to
+which he aspired; and now it appeared that he had other ends, of a
+philanthropic nature, in view.
+
+Old Captain Yorke, a veteran sailor, now retired from active service,
+was our purveyor-general, going each morning in boat or wagon to the
+nearest town, whence he brought for us and other families such supplies
+as we ordered; the Point affording no facilities for marketing or daily
+household needs. He was a great friend and crony of our two young
+servant-lads, and to him as well as to Bill had Jim confided his plans;
+but the three heads had proved unequal to the settlement of the
+arithmetical difficulties which presented themselves, and Jim had
+applied to Allie, as being possessed of greater educational advantages.
+This had not proved equal to the situation, however, as has been seen;
+the knowledge of eight years not being able to cope with this
+mathematical problem.
+
+Divested of Jim's complications, Bill's discursive remarks upon other
+subjects, and put into rather more choice English than that in which
+the latter delivered it, the plan amounted to this:--
+
+Captain Yorke, heartily admiring, and willingly co-operating, was to
+bring from the town a large quantity of peanuts, which Mrs. Yorke, also
+full of sympathy, had promised to roast. The amount of peanuts
+purchased was to be determined by the price per bag, but Jim's ideas
+were of a wholesale nature; for my young brothers Norman and Douglas,
+who both had a weakness for this vegetable, had also greatly encouraged
+him in his undertaking, giving him not only hopes of great results from
+the home-market, but promises that they would interest "the other
+fellows," and induce them also to become customers. He was not to be
+salesman himself, of course, his daily avocations not permitting of
+this; but, for the rest of our stay at the seashore, he purposed
+obtaining the services of an acquaintance who belonged in the place,
+and who was in the habit of peddling about papers, periodicals, an
+assortment of very inferior confectionery, and other small wares. The
+proceeds of these sales made here at the seaside, deducting a
+commission for the boy-vender, Jim hoped would suffice to start his
+larger and more ambitious enterprise when we should return to the city.
+This was to set up Tony and Matty Blair in business.
+
+So far all was plain sailing, in anticipation; but now came the more
+complicated part of the arrangement.
+
+A stand was to be secured, a roaster, a fresh supply of peanuts, and
+other necessary appliances purchased; and "our ladies," to wit, mother,
+Milly, and myself, asked to provide the crippled young merchants with
+warm clothing sufficient to protect them against exposure to the
+elements.
+
+There were so many "shares" to be provided for, shares of divers
+proportions, and Jim's arithmetic was of such a very elementary nature,
+that he soon found himself lost in a hopeless labyrinth of
+calculations. With peanuts at so much by the wholesale, and so much at
+retail, running-expenses, and so forth, on the one hand; what would be
+the various amounts to be allowed from the proceeds, on the other, for
+a "share" for Tony and Matty, another for return profits to Jim's own
+pocket, and the third and larger for the establishment of the hospital
+for crippled animals, the main object of the undertaking?
+
+Now, if peanuts were so much per bag, and other needful appurtenances
+so much more, how much profit might be realized, and what would be the
+respective shares? Hardly had I solved this complicated problem to
+Jim's satisfaction, and my own relief,--for, as I have said, numbers
+were a weariness to my flesh, and the rule of three a burden to my
+spirit,--when the boy remembered other claimants upon the fund.
+
+"Miss Amy," he said, "didn't I forget. There's Rosie ought to have a
+share for savin' me out the Smuggler's Hole; she _must_ have a share,
+for sure; an' there's Captain Yorke, he ought to have some, too. Please
+do it all over again, Miss Amy, takin' out their shares."
+
+This was too much, however, and despite Jim's reproachful appeals to my
+superior learning, I flatly refused to "do up" any more sums on his
+behalf.
+
+And now, happily, a diversion in my favor was effected, by the
+appearance upon the scene of old Captain Yorke himself, who was seen
+coming up the carriage-way, guiding before him a donkey-cart filled
+with fish, while upon his arm he bore a basket of fruit, vegetables,
+and so forth.
+
+He was a character, this old, retired sea-captain,--a firm friend and
+ally to all pertaining to the names of Livingstone, or Rutherford, or
+to any belonging to those families, our factotum and standby; and,
+moreover, an endless source of amusement to the mature part of the
+household, and of unbounded admiration to the more juvenile portion. In
+the eyes of our little girls, and indeed in those of my two younger
+brothers, Norman and Douglas, and above all, in those of Jim and Bill,
+he was a veritable hero, for his had been a hard and venturesome life,
+full of thrilling adventure and hairbreadth escapes; and the children
+never tired of listening to the narration of them. Nor, I am bound to
+believe, did the old man depart from the ways of truth, or draw upon
+his imagination, in narrating them. But I will let the garrulous old
+veteran speak for himself, a thing which he was never loth to do.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+A CABLEGRAM.
+
+
+"Mornin', boys; mornin', little ones; mornin', Miss Amy," said the
+captain, regardless alike of my seniority to the rest of the group, and
+of any claims of social position over the servants. "Where's pa?" This
+to me.
+
+"Mr. Livingstone is out driving," I answered, with what I intended to
+be crushing dignity; for, much as I liked Captain Yorke, it always
+vexed me to have my father and mother spoken of thus familiarly.
+
+"Ma in, then?" he asked, quite unabashed; and indeed, quite unconscious
+of any reproof.
+
+"No; Mrs. Livingstone is with Mr. Livingstone," I answered again.
+
+"Wal," drawled the captain, "that's likely enough. If ye see one on 'em
+drivin' or walkin' roun', you're like enough to see t'other, for
+they're lover-like yet, if they has got a big fam'ly part grown up. I
+declar', yer pa an' ma is as like me an' Mis' Yorke as two peas is like
+two more peas, allus kind of hankerin' to be together, jes' as if we
+was all young folks yet, an' doin' our courtin'. Not that pa an' ma is
+sech old folks as me an' Mis' Yorke, but they'll get to it bimeby if
+they lives long enough."
+
+I passed over the compliment to my parents without comment, merely
+asking,--
+
+"Can you leave your message with me, captain?"
+
+"'Twill keep," he answered; "an' I've got a bit of business with Jim
+here. Yer projeck ain't no secret, be it, Jim?"
+
+"No," replied Jim. "I was just tellin' Miss Amy, an' askin' her to do
+up the sums about it; but"--lowering his voice, and ignorant of the
+laws of acoustics, by virtue of which I heard every word from my
+position--"she ain't none too smart at sums if she has had such a lot
+of schoolin', an' she didn't make it out real nice and clear like. But
+you can speak out. She knows, an' is agreeble, an' says she'll help.
+She's awful generous, like the rest of 'em, Miss Amy is."
+
+With this little salve to the wounds which my filial pride and personal
+vanity had received, he raised his voice once more, quite
+unnecessarily, and continued,--
+
+"Miss Amy, Captain Yorke's got somethin' to say' bout what we was just
+talkin' of. Go on, captain; Miss Amy don't mind."
+
+"I was jes' goin' to tell you what I been an' done," drawled the old
+man, raising his hat with one hand, and rubbing up his grizzled locks
+with the other, as was his wont when he was talking at length,--he
+generally did talk at length when he talked at all. "You've jes' about
+made up yer mind to do that undertakin', haven't yeou? That
+peanut-undertakin', I mean."
+
+Jim gave a prompt and decided assent.
+
+"All right. So far so good, an' better too," said the captain, rather
+illogically; "for if you hadn't, maybe I'd a been a little _too_
+forehanded, as it were; but it was my opinions you'd made up yer mind
+for it, so I acted accordin' an' brought 'em along."
+
+"Brought _who_ along?" asked Jim impatiently.
+
+"I'm jes' goin' to tell ye," continued the old man. "Don't yeou be in
+too great a hurry. Things takes time to tell when there's any thin' in
+'em worth tellin'; not that I'm no great hand on a long story, for I
+allers was a man of few words; an' Mis' Yorke she can allers tell a
+story more to the pint than me, or than any one I know on--bless her
+heart."--Certainly the old man's loyalty to, and affection for, his
+dear motherly wife was beautiful to see and hear.--"But she ain't here
+to tell, an', what's more, she don't know nothin' 'bout it to tell. She
+ain't the kind to go on talkin', talkin' 'bout things she don't know
+nothin' 'bout; or, s'pose she does know somethin' 'bout 'em, to go
+yarnin', yarnin' on forever an' a day, an' never gettin' to the pint,
+like to Mis' Clay,--ye've seen Mis' Clay, ain't ye? She's Mis' Yorke's
+cousin, comes over from Millville now an' then, an' the powerfullest
+han' to talk, an' never comin' to the pint, an' never givin' anybody
+else the chance."
+
+Mrs. Clay was the captain's pet grievance, and almost the only person
+of whom we ever heard him speak disparagingly; his objection to her
+probably being founded on the ground that she never gave him "a
+chance."
+
+"_Such_ a tongue," rambled on the captain, "an' so fast an' confused
+like she's wuss than the Tower of Babel itself, an' jes' as like to
+scatter the folks what's livin' around her. But if ye've got a thing to
+tell that's got a pint, folks mostly likes to hear the ins an' outs of
+it, 'thout the trouble of askin' no questions, an' I'd as lieve tell
+'em to 'em. So I'll tell ye all about it, Jim, an' all of ye."
+
+"Well, if it's any thin' about my business, would you mind havin' it
+out right quick, Cap?" said Jim.
+
+"An' ain't I a doin' it?" responded the captain. "Don't be in sech a
+hurry, boy. I got to get my breath to talk, after walkin' up the hill
+for to rest Sanky Pansy a bit, for the cart was powerful full this
+mornin', an' he did have a load, an' he's gettin' old an' has to be
+eased off a bit like myself, an' I felt kind of blowed an' puffy-like.
+Soon's I can talk good, I will. Young folks is allers got to be
+impatient. There's my darter, Matildy Jane, she ain't none too patient,
+you know--leastways, not onless it's with you, Jim,"--here a wink of
+the eye at Jim made evident the playful irony of the exception, for Jim
+was Matilda's _bête noir_, and a chronic warfare waged between the
+two,--"an' she says to me this mornin', says she, 'Pa,' says she,--an'
+ye might think I hadn't never learned her the Ten Comman'ments,
+leastways the one about honorin' her father an' mother; but young folks
+is different behaved from what they was in my day--at least them's my
+opinions. I was jest a tellin' her an' Mis' Yorke how Peter Slade got
+his boat capsized last night; an' 'Pa,' says she, 'it's time my bread
+was took out of the oven, an' if you've got any thin' to say'--I
+declar', Miss Amy, if she didn't give me a message about yer clothes;
+how when the wind riz up last night, some of 'em was carried off the
+lines into the sand, an' she had 'em to wash over again, an' wouldn't
+have 'em home jes' up to time. Now, where was I, Jim?"
+
+"Out on the sands, an' upset in Slade's boat, an' talkin' to Matilda
+Jane; an' where you're goin' to is more than me or any one else can
+tell, Cap," answered Jim, saucily. "You started to tell us something
+about my peanut-business, I believe; but you've got considerable off
+the line."
+
+"To-o be sure, to-o be sure," said the old man, no whit offended or
+displeased by the boy's pertness; for the spirit of _bon camaraderie_
+which existed between them was not easily disturbed. "Well, now, I'm
+jes' comin' to it right spang off. Well, ye see, I been over to
+Millville this mornin' in the boat, accordin' to custom, when the water
+ain't too rough, an' bein' off extry early, too, for I'd more 'n common
+to market for,--Mis' Douglas she told me to bring her cowcumbers for
+picklin'; an' Mis' Stewart she wanted some chany dishes an' some
+glasses outer the crockery store,--an' that's considerable way from the
+dock, you know; an' Mis' Yorke she gimme some bit of flannen she wanted
+matched,--an' such like arrands takes time. So I says, says I, I'll
+jes' run over to the station an' see what's doin' there, more by token,
+as it was near time for the express, an' it kind of livens ye up a bit
+to see them express-trains come in,--they're nice an' bustlin' like,
+with a sort of go in 'em; an' after she come in, there was a
+freight-train come, an' there was lots of freight put off, an'--guess
+what I see, Jim, among it."
+
+"Peanuts, I suppose," answered Jim, "an' I guess I'll get at the whole
+story jest as quick by guessing it out myself, as by waitin' for you,
+Cap."
+
+The captain gave Jim a friendly nod, still no whit disturbed by the
+freedom of his criticisms, and rambled on again,--
+
+"Yes, peanuts, bags of 'em, half a dozen or more, I reckon, though I
+didn't take the trouble to count 'em; an' the way I foun' out--how do
+ye s'pose I knew what was in them bags?"
+
+"Smelled 'em," said Jim; "Sampled 'em," said Bill, in a breath.
+
+"How was I to sample 'em when they was--I mean, if they was fastened up
+in the bags?" continued the captain; "nor it wasn't no smell, either.
+There ain't much smell outer peanuts 'thout they're cookin'. Mis'
+Yorke, she's a master hand to roast peanuts, does 'em jes' to a turn,
+an' then ye can smell 'em clear down to the beach, an' fustrate it is,
+too. I'd rather smell 'em than all the fine parfumery things they puts
+up in bottles."
+
+"What about the peanuts?" urged Jim. "Then how _did_ you know, an' what
+did you do? Hurry up."
+
+"There was a feller--one of the freight-hands--a pitchin' of the things
+outer the cars; an' one of them bags hit against a barrow stood there,
+an' got cut right through, the bag did,--an' what do you s'pose come a
+pourin' outer that bag, Jim?"
+
+"Think I can guess that riddle. Peanuts," answered Jim.
+
+"Yes, peanuts," said the captain; "an' it was a lucky thing for Sam
+Bates, to who they was consigned, that there wasn't a raft of
+youngsters roun' that freight-house as there is most times of the day.
+There's a Sunday-school clam-bake comin' off up to the Pint to-day, an'
+I reckon most of the Millville boys was gettin' ready for to go to
+that, so they wasn't on hand. Sam himself was there, though, an' it
+beat all, the takin' he was in over them peanuts; an', to be sure, it
+was enough to make any creetur' mad, to see them good peanuts go
+rollin' an' hoppin' over the platform, an' Sam he in a' awful hurry to
+load up an' go home, for he's a darter gettin' married this arternoon.
+Ye didn't never hear about Sam Bates' darter, an' her city young man,
+did ye? Well, ye see, Sam Bates' darter, her that is called----"
+
+"But the peanuts; tell us what became of the peanuts first, Cap,"
+interrupted Jim, determined to check the old sailor's wanderings, and
+keep him to the "_pint_."
+
+"Why, ye see," meandered on the captain, "when I see them peanuts
+a-rollin' round, an' Sam in that takin', I says to myself, Sam ain't
+got no time to lose a-pickin' up of them peanuts, an' maybe he'd be
+glad to get rid of 'em for what he give for 'em an' no profits, an' let
+Jim have the profits, an' no freight to pay on 'em but me to get 'em
+picked up. 'Sam,' says I, as he was fussin' round, 'the Scriptur'
+says,'--Sam's a deacon in the church, an' I thought mebbe a little
+Scriptur' would fetch him, and keep the price down,--'the Scriptur'
+says, Whatever a man can get, therewith let him be content; an' I take
+it the moral of that is, make the best of a bad bargain. An' there's
+another teks that says, Don't ye fret over spilt milk; an', bein' a
+pillar of the church, I reckon you'd like to practise 'em, an' let your
+light shine afore men.' Now if there's one thing more'n another that
+Sam prides himself on, its bein' a deacon, an' livin' up to it; an' my
+speakin' Scriptur' to him was jest a word in season, for he quiets down
+an' falls to reckonin'. 'Give 'em to me for what you give by the lot,
+an' throw in the freight,' says I, seein' he meant to make on 'em, 'an'
+I'll take 'em an' see to the pickin' 'em up, an' you can load up the
+cart an' start off home.' He jes' took to it at once, for, with the lot
+he had, one bag didn't make so much differ out half a dozen--he buys
+'em that way mostly, for ye know he keeps a' eatin' house; temperance
+strict it is, up to Stony Beach, where there's lots of clambakes an'
+picnics holdin' all the time, an' the folks eats heaps of peanuts. So
+Sam came to my terms, an' I made thirty cents on the bag of nuts, an'
+the freight throwed in for ye, Jim; an' me an' Taylor an' Shepherd
+picked up all the nuts, an' I brought 'em along in a basket Taylor lent
+me."
+
+Jim turned expectant eyes towards the donkey-cart.
+
+"No," said Captain Yorke, seeing the direction of his glance, "they
+bean't here in the cart, nor nowheres here; they're down into the
+lighthouse. Perry was comin' over in his boat 'thout no load; an', as I
+was pretty well filled up, he brought 'em over, an' he's took 'em to
+his own landin'. Soon's I'm rid of my load I'll go after 'em. Hello!"
+as a blue-coated, brass-buttoned boy from the chief hotel of the place
+came running into our grounds, and up to the house. "Hello, here's a
+telegraph for some on ye! Hope 'tain't no bad news. I don't like them
+telegraphs; ill news comes fast enough of its own accord, an' good news
+is jes' as good for a little keepin', an' ain't goin' to spile. Mis'
+Yorke she says----"
+
+But Mrs. Yorke's sayings, valuable though they might be, were lost upon
+me as I took the yellow-covered message from the hand of the messenger.
+Telegrams were matters of such almost daily occurrence in our family
+that the sight of one rarely excited any apprehension; and, as all of
+our immediate household were at present here at our seaside home, I
+knew that the message could bring no ill news of any one of them. But
+my heart sank as I saw that this was a cablegram, for a dearly loved
+uncle and aunt were over the sea, and my fears were at once excited for
+them.
+
+But fear was quickly changed to joy when, opening the cablegram in the
+absence of my parents, to whom it was addressed, I read these words,--
+
+"We take 'Scythia' to-morrow for home, direct to you at the Point. All
+well."
+
+As we had not expected the dear absentees for at least six weeks or
+perhaps two months, this news was not only a relief, but a joyful
+surprise, and I gave a little shriek of delight, which called forth
+eager inquiries from the children, while Captain Yorke and Bill and Jim
+were alert to catch my answer.
+
+"Uncle Rutherford and aunt Emily are coming home, now, right away; they
+will be here in a week or so, and they are coming to us, here to this
+house!" I exclaimed, waving aloft the paper, in the exuberance of my
+joy.
+
+Daisy forgot her downfall, and her bandaged head, as she and Allie
+seized one another by the hands, and went capering up and down the
+piazza in an improvised dance; and Captain Yorke's face beamed, as he
+said,--
+
+"That's the best news I've heered this summer, leastways next to
+hearin' Jim was likely to get well that time, for the Pint ain't the
+Pint when the Governor and the Madam ain't on to it. But, Miss Amy, I
+wouldn't be for turnin' your folks out afore ye'd go to the city
+anyhow; for, take ye for all in all, ye're a pretty likely set, an' I'd
+miss Jim an' Bill a heap."
+
+There was no fear of that: we were tenants for the season in the dear
+old seaside homestead, where we had been guests for more or less of
+every previous summer; and the beloved uncle and aunt whose home-coming
+from a European trip we were now rejoicing over, would, in their turn,
+be now our much prized and welcome visitors. It would not be for long,
+however; for, to the great regret of the whole household, our summer
+sojourn by the sea would in a few weeks come to a close. I said the
+whole household; but there was one exception, for father had privately
+sighed all summer for our own country home, where he had his fancy
+farm, extensive and beautifully cultivated grounds, and superb old
+trees in which his soul delighted. We told him that a branch of one of
+these last was, in his eyes, worth the whole broad ocean, in which his
+family so revelled; and he did not deny the soft impeachment. But his
+patience was not to be much longer tried, for we were to spend a couple
+of months at Oaklands after leaving the seashore, and before we settled
+down for the winter in our city home. Nevertheless, absence from his
+beloved Oaklands had been more than compensated for by the roses which
+the invigorating sea-breezes had brought to the cheeks of the two
+youngest of the household, Allie and Daisy, who had been brought here
+pale, feeble, and drooping, from the effects of the scarlet-fever, but
+who were now more robust than they had been before the dreadful scourge
+had laid its hand upon them.
+
+Nor had the summer been one of unmixed enjoyment, even to those members
+of the family who gloried in the sea and the seashore; for
+circumstances had arisen which had been productive, not only of great
+anxiety and trouble to us all, but which had involved bodily injury,
+and all but fatal consequences, to poor Jim. And although his name and
+character had come out scatheless from the trying ordeal of doubt and
+suspicion which had fallen upon them at that time, it had been
+otherwise with those of one who had been received as no other than a
+favored friend and guest in our household; and a young girl whose
+advantages had outweighed a thousand-fold those of the once neglected
+waif rescued by our Milly from a life of evil, had gone forth from
+among us with a record of shame and wrong-doing which had forfeited,
+not only her own good name, but also the respect and liking of all who
+had become cognizant of the shameful tale.
+
+To those who have read "Uncle Rutherford's Attic," these circumstances
+will be familiar; to those who have not, a few words will suffice for
+explanation.
+
+In the early part of the summer, my aunt, Mrs. Rutherford, had sent to
+me a pair of very valuable diamond earrings, old family jewels, and an
+heirloom. They came to me by virtue of my baptismal name, Amy
+Rutherford, which I had inherited from several successive grandmothers
+on my mother's side; the young cousin to whom they would have
+descended, the only daughter of aunt and uncle Rutherford, having died
+some years since, when a very little girl. She was exactly of my own
+age; and this, with the fact that she too was an Amy, had caused me to
+be regarded by my uncle and aunt, especially the latter, with a
+peculiar tenderness; and they seemed to feel that to me, the only
+living representative of the family name once borne by their lost
+darling, belonged all the rights and privileges which would have fallen
+to their own Amy Rutherford. It may be imagined how I had prized a gift
+precious, not only for its own intrinsic value, but for the many
+associations which clustered about it.
+
+Scarcely, however, had the earrings become my personal property, than
+there followed in their train such a course of sin, sorrow, and
+tribulation, that my pleasure in them was quite destroyed; and, for a
+long time, the very sight of them became hateful to me.
+
+Ella Raymond, a ward of my father's, and a girl somewhat older than
+myself, had come to make us a visit just about the time that the
+beautiful jewels came into my hands. Incited by vanity, and an
+inordinate love of dress, this unhappy girl had recklessly allowed
+herself to become heavily involved in debt,--debt from which she saw no
+means of escape, and which she was resolved not to confess to her
+guardians. The sight of my diamonds aroused within her the desire to
+possess herself of them, not for her own personal adornment, but that
+she might dispose of the jewels, replacing them with counterfeit
+stones, and so obtaining the means to satisfy her creditors.
+
+Unrestrained by principle, honor, or the laws of hospitality, the wish
+became but the precursor to the actual carrying-out of the evil
+thought. Thanks to my heedlessness, and the careless way in which I had
+guarded the earrings, she obtained them with little trouble; and after
+an amount of duplicity and deceit, terrible and shameful to contemplate
+in a woman so young, had contrived to carry out her purpose, to have
+the stones changed, and then to convey the earrings back to my
+possession, without drawing suspicion upon herself.
+
+Nor, was this the worst; for when, by a most unfortunate series of
+events, suspicion was forcibly directed toward Jim, she failed to
+exonerate him by acknowledging her own guilt; and but for the merest
+accident, which brought about the proverbial "Murder will out" and
+fixed the crime without a shadow of doubt upon her, would have suffered
+the innocent boy to bear all the penalties and disgrace which by right
+belonged to her.
+
+So it will be seen that the summer, spite of its many pleasures and
+much happiness, had not been without a large share of care and
+perplexity.
+
+That all this was over, and that our fears for Jim's moral and physical
+well-being had come to an end, we were most thankful; and the most of
+us still clung lovingly to the grand old ocean, and our summer-home on
+its shore.
+
+But autumn gales would, ere many weeks, be sweeping over this exposed
+coast; and already the summer-guests were flitting from the large
+hotels, although the cottagers would probably hold their ground for
+some little time longer. But what would it matter to us if we should be
+left the very last of the summer-residents upon the Point, so long as
+dear aunt and uncle Rutherford were to be with us? They were a host in
+themselves, especially the latter, who always seemed to pervade the
+whole house with his jovial, hearty presence, and who was the first of
+favorites with all the young people of the family.
+
+There would be much for them to hear, too: all the sad story related
+above in brief, to be told, with all its minor particulars; for it had
+been kept from them hitherto, as I had been very sensitive on the
+subject, my own carelessness having been partially in fault, and I had
+preferred that they should hear nothing of it until their return. Aunt
+Emily would not have been severe with me, I knew; but I had wished that
+the face and the voice, which she always associated with her own lost
+Amy, should speak and plead for my shortcomings in the matter, when it
+should come to her knowledge. And oh! was I not thankful beyond
+measure, for her sake, even more than for my own, that the jewels had
+been recovered, and were once more safe in my own possession, before
+she learned of the perils they had passed through. If I felt somewhat
+shamefaced and repentant, as it was, what would it have been if they
+had been lost beyond recovery!
+
+The joy at the unexpected return of the absentees was not confined to
+their own family or circle, for the "Governor"--uncle Rutherford had
+years since held that dignity in the State, and was still "the
+Governor" to all the denizens of the Point--was greatly beloved by all
+who knew him well; and the old residents of the place, which had for so
+many years been his summer-home, considered themselves to be his
+intimate acquaintances. He was an authority and a law to each one among
+them. What "the Governor" did, was invariably right in their eyes; from
+what "the Governor" said, there was no appeal. He would, indeed, have
+been a daring man who should question the right or wisdom of uncle
+Rutherford's words or deeds in the presence of any of these stanch
+adherents.
+
+And dear aunt Emily was not less beloved in her way, for the simple
+people of the Point all but adored her,--true, wise friend that she had
+proved to them; and among them none were more ardent in their devotion
+and admiration than Captain and Mrs. Yorke.
+
+So it was no wonder that the captain's face beamed with delight, nor
+that, being somewhat after the manner of the Athenians of old, who
+delighted in some new thing to tell or to hear, he should now be in
+haste to despatch his daily business, and take his departure to spread
+the news about the Point. Indeed, he would scarcely wait until I--who
+regained my senses before it was too late--furnished him with the list
+for the next day's supplies, which mother had confided to my keeping.
+In fact, in the midst of the excitement and pleasant anticipations
+which uncle Rutherford's cablegram had called forth, Jim's
+"peanut-undertakin'" was for the present entirely lost sight of, unless
+it was by the lad himself and his faithful chum and ally, Bill.
+
+No need to give here the reasons which had influenced uncle
+Rutherford's unexpected return; they were purely of a business nature,
+and would interest no one else.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+AN ARRIVAL.
+
+
+I had made my confession,--for a confession I had felt it
+was,--involving for my own share no small amount of carelessness, and
+some little pride and self-will; all of which "little foxes" had opened
+the way to the commission of actual crime in another.
+
+It was the day after that on which my uncle and aunt had arrived at the
+Point,--mild, soft, and sunny; only the September haze upon sea and sky
+to tell that the lingering summer was near its end.
+
+We sat upon the piazza,--these two dear newcomers, my sister Milly, and
+I. Father off upon some business; mother in the house attending to
+Norman, who had come home with a sprained wrist; the children at play
+upon the beach with Mammy, and their faithful pages, Bill and Jim, in
+attendance. I had stipulated, with a fanciful idea that I was making
+some righteous atonement, that I should be the one to relate the sad
+story of my diamond earrings; and hence no one had until now mentioned
+the subject in the hearing of my uncle and aunt.
+
+The opportunity was propitious, the audience lenient and sympathetic;
+and seated on the piazza-step, with my head resting against aunt
+Emily's knee, and, as the tale proceeded, her dear hand tenderly
+stroking my hair and cheek, I had told the story to its minutest
+particular, taking, as the sober sight of after days has shown me, more
+than the necessary amount of blame upon myself.
+
+So my uncle and aunt now said; and, while inexpressibly shocked at such
+heartless wickedness in one so young as the guilty girl, they would not
+allow that their "own Amy" was at all blameworthy in the matter, and
+only congratulated themselves and me upon the recovery of the earrings.
+My name, and the likeness I bore to the Amy Rutherford in heaven, would
+have pleaded for and won me absolution in a far worse case than this;
+and they at once set themselves to work to demolish my almost morbid
+fancies in connection with the theft of the jewels. The very fact that
+I had now told them all was a relief, and my elastic spirits at once
+began to rise from the weight which had burdened them during the last
+few weeks.
+
+"So that is the hero of your tale?" said uncle Rutherford, looking
+thoughtfully down upon the beach where the little ones were enjoying
+themselves to the utmost, and having matters all their own way, as
+usual. Jim was lying prone upon the beach, while Allie and Daisy were
+industriously covering him with sand; Bill assisting by filling their
+pails for them. This was a daily amusement, and never palled.
+
+"So that is your hero?" he repeated. "And what do you mean to do with
+him, Milly?" he asked, turning to my sister. "Such a fellow should have
+a chance in life."
+
+"He thinks he has it since he has been here," answered Milly; "since he
+has been among respectable people and surroundings, provided and cared
+for, and taught. He and Bill both talk as if they needed no greater
+advantages than those they possess already. As to what I mean to do
+with him, dear uncle,--well, it is less what I mean to do with him,
+than what he means to do with himself. His own ambitions are soaring,
+and quite beyond any plans that I could form for him; his aim being the
+head of the government of our country, with the powers of an autocrat,
+and no responsibility to any one. Nor is his mind disturbed with any
+doubts that he will be able to achieve this dignity, provided that he
+continues to 'have his chance.' At present he is content with learning
+his duties as a house and table servant, believing those to be but
+stepping-stones towards his goal."
+
+"To say nothing of his ambitious views regarding Milly herself," I
+interrupted. But my remark was ignored as unworthy of the gravity of
+the subject.
+
+"But he should have some schooling, a boy such as he is,--do not you
+think so?" asked uncle Rutherford; adding, "Whatever his aims and
+ambitions may be, he can achieve nothing without some education."
+
+Milly hesitated for a moment, unwilling to make mention of all that she
+was doing for Jim and his _confrère_; and I spoke for her.
+
+"Milly is spending a goodly portion of her worldly substance in that
+way," I said. "The boys go to a teacher for two hours every evening,
+and are both making quite remarkable progress in the three R's; and
+Bill had singing-lessons all last winter, and I believe Milly intends
+that he shall continue them when we go back to the city."
+
+"H'm'm," said uncle Rutherford. "Very good, so far as it goes; but I
+mean something more thorough and far-reaching than this." And Milly's
+eyes lighted, for she knew that uncle was already planning some means
+of substantial advancement for her _protégé_.
+
+"If you are going to give him any further 'chance,'" I said, "Columbia
+itself will not bound his ambition. He, too, will sigh because there is
+but one world for him to conquer."
+
+"H'm'm," said uncle Rutherford again, with his eyes still fixed
+thoughtfully upon the incipient candidate for presidential honors, who,
+having shaken himself free from the sand, and risen to his feet, was
+now tumbling rapidly over in a series of "cart-wheels;" another
+performance in which the souls of our children delighted, and in which
+he was an expert. But he--uncle Rutherford--said nothing more at
+present; and we were all left in ignorance as to what benevolent plan
+tending Jim-wise he might be pondering.
+
+For a man otherwise so charming and considerate, uncle Rutherford had
+the most exasperating way of exciting one's curiosity and interest to
+the verge of distraction, and then calmly ignoring them.
+
+But now I suddenly bethought myself of Jim's "peanut plan," which,
+truth to tell, had passed entirely from my mind since the day I had
+first heard of it; and, with an eye to further prepossessing uncle
+Rutherford in the boy's favor, I forthwith unfolded his scheme for the
+benefit of the helpless young Blairs. My uncle was amused, but, as I
+could see, was pleased, too, with Jim's gratitude and appreciation of
+the good which had fallen to his own lot.
+
+"Amy," said uncle Rutherford presently,--_apropos_ of some further
+allusion which was made to my tale, and to Captain Yorke's share in
+it,--"Amy, I am going to invite Captain and Mrs. Yorke to visit New
+York this winter, and," with a twinkle in his eye, "shall depend upon
+you and Milly to escort them hither and thither to see the city lions."
+
+"Invite them to your house?" I inquired, in not altogether approving
+surprise, for the idea of Captain and Mrs. Yorke as visitors in uncle
+Rutherford's house was somewhat incongruous; while the vision of Milly
+and myself escorting them about was not attractive in my eyes, fond
+though I was, in a certain way, of the old man and his dear motherly
+wife.
+
+"Not to my own house, no," answered uncle Rutherford, with an
+assumption of gravity which by no means imposed upon me, "for I do not
+expect to have any house of my own this coming winter,--or, I should
+say, not to occupy my own house; for, Amy, as my boys will pass the
+winter abroad, and your aunt and I would feel lonely without them, we
+have been persuaded by some kind friends, with a whole houseful of
+troublesome young people, to make our home with them, and help to keep
+their flock in order. So Captain Yorke and----"
+
+But he was interrupted, as I fell upon him in an ecstasy of
+delight,--worthy of Allie or Daisy,--enchanted to learn that we were to
+have the inexpressible pleasure of having him and aunt Emily to spend
+the winter with us; a pleasure which I would willingly have earned by
+any amount of ciceroneship to the old sailor and his wife. The subject
+had not been mooted before the younger portion of the family, but had
+been discussed and settled in private conclave among our elders; so it
+was a most agreeable surprise to each one and all of us.
+
+"But about Captain and Mrs. Yorke?" I said, at length, when my
+transports had somewhat subsided, and calmness was once more restored.
+"You do not really mean that you are going to bring them to the city,
+and--to _our_ house?"
+
+And all manner of domestic and social complications presented
+themselves to my mind's eye, in view of such an arrangement. For uncle
+Rutherford, in his far-reaching desire to benefit and make others
+happy, was given to ways and plans which, at times, were too much even
+for his ever-charitable, generous wife; and which now and then would
+sorely try the souls of those less interested, but who, _nolens
+volens_, became the victims of his benevolent schemes.
+
+No one was better aware of uncle Rutherford's proclivities in this way,
+or more in dread of them, than my young brother Norman, who had just
+joined our circle, fresh from mother's surgery, and with his arm in a
+sling. For Norman's bump of benevolence was not as large as that of
+some other members of the family, and he was inclined to look askance
+upon uncle Rutherford's demands upon his heart and his purse. These, to
+tell the truth, were not infrequent; for our uncle, believing that
+young people should be led to the exercise of active and unselfish
+charity, and seeing that Norman was inclined to shirk such claims, was
+constantly presenting them to the boy, with a view to training him in
+the way he should go in such matters.
+
+"Uncle Rutherford gives with one hand, and takes away with the other,"
+Norman had said, grumblingly, only this same morning, in my hearing.
+
+"You had better say he takes with one hand, and gives seven-fold with
+the other," said Douglas, resentfully; for he inherited, to the fullest
+extent, the family generosity. "Nor, I saw the skins of your flints
+hanging out to dry this morning."
+
+Whereupon Douglas dodged a book aimed at his head, and left his shot to
+work what execution it might.
+
+Norman had caught my last words, and taken in their meaning, and his
+delight at the prospect of a visit from Captain Yorke was almost as
+great as Milly's and mine in view of the stay of our uncle and aunt at
+our home; being incited, probably, by the thought of the "jolly fun"
+which he and Douglas could extract from the old man while piloting him
+about the city.
+
+"I certainly do not intend to bring the old people to your house, Amy,"
+said uncle Rutherford; "but your aunt is anxious that Mrs. Yorke should
+see some good physician, who may be able to relieve her from her
+lameness before she is entirely crippled; and we shall therefore
+propose that they come to the city after we are fairly settled there,
+when we will provide comfortable quarters for them, and put Mrs. Yorke
+under proper treatment. There is a fitness to all things, my child; and
+Captain and Mrs. Yorke would probably feel as much embarrassed as your
+guests, as we should be in having them with us."
+
+"I was only thinking----" I began, then stopped.
+
+"You were only thinking that your quixotic old uncle was about to
+inflict a somewhat trying experience upon you," said uncle Rutherford,
+in answer to the unspoken thought. "But he has a _modicum_ of sense
+left yet, Amy."
+
+Truth would not allow me to enter a disclaimer, for this had been my
+very thought. Any slight embarrassment which I might have felt,
+however, was relieved by a little diversion in my favor, as uncle
+Rutherford said,--
+
+"Here is Fred Winston coming over from the hotel."
+
+"Yes, he is generally coming over, and never going back," said Norman,
+with what I chose to consider a saucy glance in my direction; but I
+ignored both speech and glance, as I welcomed the new-comer.
+
+Now be it understood, that this young man was neither a gossip nor
+news-monger; but, being at present a resident of the largest hotel in
+the place, he was, from the force of circumstances, apt to be the
+hearer of various items of interest, and these, for reasons which
+seemed good to himself, he usually considered it necessary to bring
+over to the homestead as soon as possible after they came to his
+knowledge. Indeed, our boys basely slandered him, by crediting him with
+the invention of sundry small fictions as an excuse for coming over to
+our house. Nevertheless, he was always a welcome guest with each one
+and all of the family, and with none more than with these saucy boys.
+
+"Mr. Rutherford," he said now, when he had settled himself in such
+comfort as he might upon the next lowest step to that on which I was
+seated, and addressing himself to my uncle, who, by virtue of his
+interest in, and proprietorship of, a great portion of the Point, was
+regarded by most people as a sort of lord of the manor,--"Mr.
+Rutherford, have you heard what has befallen Captain Yorke?"
+
+"I have heard nothing," answered uncle Rutherford. "No misfortune, I
+hope."
+
+Mr. Winston slightly raised his eyebrows, as he answered, laughingly,
+"I do not know whether he considers it in the light of a misfortune or
+a blessing; but I know very well how I should feel had such an
+affliction fallen to my lot,--that it was an unmitigated calamity;
+while Miss Milly, again, would probably consider it as the choicest of
+blessings. It seems that the old man had a reprobate son, who, many
+years since, went off to parts unknown; and his parents have heard
+nothing of him since,--that is, until to-day, when a woman, claiming to
+be his widow, appeared with five children. She had his "marriage
+lines," as she called them, a letter from the prodigal himself to his
+father, and other papers, which appear to substantiate her claim; and
+the old couple have admitted it, and received the whole crowd. 'Matildy
+Jane' is sceptical, derisive, and _not_ amiable. Nor can one be surprised
+that she is not pleased at this addition to her household cares and
+labors, for I have not told the worst. The woman is apparently in the
+last stages of consumption; one of the children is blind; another has
+hip-disease; and a third looks as if it would go the way its mother is
+going. There is a sturdy boy of fourteen or so, the eldest of the
+family, and another chubby, healthy rogue, in the lot; but they really
+looked like a hospital turned loose. Brayton and I had gone down for
+bait, and were talking to the captain, when they arrived."
+
+"Don't, don't, Mr. Winston!" exclaimed Norman. "Milly will adopt the
+crowd, and have them here amongst us. That is her way, you know."
+
+"And what did the captain say?" I asked, fully agreeing with Mr.
+Winston, that this must be, for the old seaman, an appalling
+misfortune. "Imagine, if the thing is true, and these people dependent
+upon him, the utter up-turning of the even tenor of his way,--of all
+their ways. I sympathize with 'Matildy Jane.' What did the captain
+say?"
+
+"He asked me to read his son's letter to him,--for he is not apt, it
+would appear, in deciphering writing; and, indeed, it was more or less
+hieroglyphical,--then gazed for a few moments at the dilapidated
+crew,--dilapidated as to health, I mean; for they are clean and decent,
+and fairly respectable looking,--and said, 'Well, ye do all seem to be
+enj'yin' a powerful lot of poor health among ye.' Then he turned into
+the house, saying that he must 'see what mother said,' giving neither
+word of welcome nor refusal to admit the claim of the strangers; and
+presently Mrs. Yorke appeared, in a state of overwhelming excitement,
+and, nothing doubting, straightway fell upon the new arrivals with an
+attempt to take the whole quintette into her ample embrace. No need of
+proofs for her; and, seeing this, the captain's doubts were dispersed,
+and he began a vigorous hand-shaking with each and every one of those
+present, including Brayton and myself, and repeating the process, until
+Brayton and I, feeling ourselves to be intruders in the midst of this
+family scene, made good our escape. Not, however, before 'Matildy Jane'
+had appeared, with tone, look, and manner, which you who know 'Matildy
+Jane' do not need to have described, denouncing the woman and children
+as 'ampostors,' and bidding them begone."
+
+"And you do not think that the woman is a fraud?" asked aunt Emily.
+
+"I do not, Mrs. Rutherford; and neither did Brayton," answered Fred
+Winston. "And, besides the letter and marriage certificate which were
+in her possession, making good her pretensions, she had an honest face,
+and appeared respectable,--far too much so for the wife of such a
+scallywag as old Yorke's son is said to have been."
+
+"If the Yorkes allow her claim, and take in this numerous family, it
+will interfere with your plans for Mrs. Yorke, uncle," I said.
+
+"Not at all," said uncle Rutherford, who, when he had once made up his
+mind to a thing, would move heaven and earth to carry it out, and who
+often insisted upon benefiting people against their will. "Not at all.
+The new family can be left here to keep Matilda Jane company while her
+father and mother are away. There is all the more reason now that Mrs.
+Yorke should be cured of her lameness; and I believe that it can be
+done."
+
+Blessed with the most sanguine of dispositions, as well as with the
+kindest and most generous of hearts, he always believed, until it was
+proved otherwise, that the thing he wished could be done.
+
+"Milly," said aunt Emily, suddenly turning to my sister, "will you come
+down to the Yorkes' with me?"
+
+Milly assented readily; and the two kindred spirits set forth together.
+
+"The blessed creatures!" said Fred Winston. "What unlimited
+possibilities the arrival of this infirmary opens up to them. I knew
+that they would be off at once to inquire into the condition of the
+sick and wounded."
+
+"And to find out how many candidates there may be for the hospital
+cottage and other refuges," I added.
+
+But the two good Samaritans, as they afterwards reported, were not so
+appalled by the state of things at the Yorkes' cottage, as Mr.
+Winston's tale had prepared them to be. Perhaps matters had improved
+since he had left two hours since, or the stricken family had at once
+accommodated themselves to the change in their circumstances. Certain
+it is that aunt Emily and Milly found peace and serenity reigning: Mrs.
+Yorke with the little cripple in her capacious lap, coddling and
+petting her as the good soul well knew how to do; the captain piloting
+the blind child about the house and garden, familiarizing him with
+different objects, by which he might learn his own way about by his
+acute sense of touch; the youngest--a teething, not consumptive,
+baby--fast asleep; and even the recalcitrant "Matildy Jane" tolerably
+pleasant and good-natured beneath the fascinations of a handsome,
+sturdy urchin four years old, who, undaunted by her hard face and
+snappish voice, insisted upon following her around, and "helping" her
+in her manifold occupations. He was a boy who did not know how to be
+snubbed, and had fairly won his way with his ungracious aunt, by sheer
+persistence in his unwelcome attentions. To all her hospitable
+intimations that he and his family had brought an immense addition to
+her cares and labors,--which certainly was true,--he opposed smiles and
+caresses, and assurances that so long as he was there he would share
+and lighten all these; appearing to think that she complained and
+scolded only to draw forth his sympathy and aid.
+
+Who could stand out against such a fellow? Not even "Matildy Jane." And
+she had succumbed; at least, so far as he was concerned.
+
+The mother of the helpless group, pale, feeble, and careworn though she
+was, had already shown herself eager to lessen, so far as possible, the
+burden she had brought upon the family of her husband, and sat peeling
+potatoes from a huge basket on the one side, while a pan of apples,
+duly pared and quartered, stood awaiting the oven upon the other.
+Plainly Matilda Jane had had no scruples of delicacy in availing
+herself of the services of her newly arrived sister-in-law.
+
+"What _are_ you going to do with them all, Captain Yorke?" asked Milly,
+pityingly, as she stood beside the old sailor in the porch, while aunt
+Emily interviewed Mrs. Yorke and the widow. "This is such a care for
+you."
+
+"Do with 'em?" repeated the veteran, apparently quite undismayed by the
+prospect before him. "Waal, I reckon we've got to be eyes an' backs an'
+lungs to 'em, for they've run mighty short of them conveniences. Let
+alone Theodore, an' that feller over there,"--nodding towards the
+kitchen-door, within which Matilda Jane was to be seen mixing biscuit,
+with the boy beside her, his round, fat arms up to the elbows in the
+dough, with which he was bedaubing himself and every thing about him,
+unrestrained by his subdued aunt,--"let alone that feller over there,
+there ain't the makin' of a hull one among 'em. I guess they've got to
+be took care of; an', if the Almighty hadn't a meant us to do it, he
+wouldn't a sent 'em here. Them's my opinions, an' me an' Mis' Yorke we
+ain't the ones to throw back his orderin's an' purposin's in his face.
+They do seem a bit like a hospital full, though, don't they?" he added,
+unconsciously expressing Mr. Winston's view of the situation. "Me an'
+Mis' Yorke, we foun' out the truth of the Scriptur' sayin', how sharper
+than an achin' tooth it is to have a thankless child, an' Tom,--I don't
+min' sayin' it to you,--he _was_ thankless enough, though he's dead an'
+gone, an' his old father ain't the one to cast stones at him now. But
+me an' Mis' Yorke, we don't want to make out the truth of that other
+Scriptur', that the sins of the father shall be visited on the
+children,--leastways, not Tom's children; they ain't to blame for his
+short-comin's; an', meanin' no disrespec' nor onbelief, _that_ Scriptur'
+do always seem to me a little hard on the children. Maybe--who
+knows--them youngsters will ha' brought a blessin' with 'em; an' my
+opinions is they has, when I see Mis' Yorke a cuddlin' an' croonin'
+over that little hunchback. Now she's awful contented an' easy-minded
+like to have somethin' to pet, for she's allers a hankerin' after
+babies an' them sort of critters. We was kinder took aback, for sartain,
+when Maria,--her name's Maria, Tom's widder's is,--when she come right
+in with the hull crowd followin', an' John Waters' wagon, what they
+come from the station in, standin' at the gate, an' all the luggage in
+it; an' them gentlemen was here gettin' bait an' askin' about the
+fishin', an' Matildy Jane she kinder flew out, an' one of the little
+ones was hollerin',--an' it was all kinder Bedlamy. But it's all come
+right now; an' Maria, she's a willin' soul, an' if Jabez," the old
+man's son-in-law, and a power in the household, "if Jabez an' Charlotte
+don't be grumpy over it, we'll all get along as pretty as a psalm-book.
+Jabez, he an' Charlotte has gone to Millville for the day, an' all this
+is unbeknownst to them."
+
+Clearly, the captain was somewhat in dread of Jabez and Jabez's
+opinions; but Milly had no fear that the strangers would be sent adrift
+in deference to these.
+
+But something must be done to help the old people with the burden which
+had so suddenly fallen upon them. The gray-haired seaman was
+comparatively vigorous still, but his sea-faring days were over; and
+while he had put by a sum sufficient to keep him, his good wife, and
+"Matildy Jane" in comfort, this unlooked for addition to the family,
+helpless and crippled as the grandchildren were, would be too great a
+drain upon his little fund. As this had been placed in father's hands
+for investment, we knew to a fraction what he had to depend upon, and
+that it was not enough to provide for all. The sturdy independence of
+the captain would no doubt revolt against the idea of receiving any
+actual pecuniary assistance, as would that of his wife; but some way
+must be contrived of lessening their responsibilities and cares. Jabez
+Strong and his wife must share these, although he might and probably
+would be "grumpy;" but even then it would be hard to meet all demands,
+without depriving the old couple of their accustomed comforts. The
+cheerful, it-will-all-come-right spirit in which they had received the
+intruders,--_I_ could not look upon them in any other light,--made us
+all the more anxious to do this; and, before night, Milly and I were
+exercising our brains with all manner of expedients for accomplishing
+it without hurting their pride and their feelings.
+
+Meanwhile, our elders, with less of enthusiasm perhaps, but in a more
+practical spirit, were considering the same matter; and the little
+ones, our Allie and Daisy, having also heard of the influx of children
+at the Yorkes' cottage, had laden themselves with toys and
+picture-books, and persuaded mammy to escort them thither. Our little
+sisters had so burdened themselves, that they needed assistance to
+transport all these gifts to Captain Yorke's house; and they could not
+look for any great amount of this from mammy, who had all she could do
+to convey her own portly person, and the enormous umbrella without
+which she never stirred, as a possibly needed protection against sun or
+rain, as the case might be. So they begged that Bill and Jim might act
+as carriers, coaxing Thomas to spare them from pantry duty,--a matter
+not attended with much difficulty, as the old butler was only too
+willing to indulge them on all occasions, even to the length of taking
+double work on his own shoulders.
+
+They all set forth on their errand of charity in high glee; but Jim
+returned from the expedition with a face and air of such portentous
+gravity, so different from his usual happy-go-lucky bearing, that Milly
+was moved to ask if any thing unpleasant had occurred.
+
+"Captain Yorke nor his folks didn't do nothin', Miss Milly," answered
+Jim.
+
+"Who, then?" asked Milly.
+
+"Well, no _one_, Miss Milly," he replied. "I was on'y thinkin' what a
+lot of 'em there was, an' it bothers me."
+
+"So many Yorkes, do you mean?" queried Milly, rather wondering at his
+evident perturbation.
+
+"Such a many blind an' hunchback an' sick folks," he said; "an' how are
+they all goin' to be done for. The more you try to do for some of 'em,
+the more of 'em seem to come up. There's Matty and Tony Blair, who me
+an Bill has took into our keepin' soon as we get to the city; an' now
+here comes a Yorke hunchback, an' a Yorke blind, an' a Yorke sick baby,
+all sudden like; an' I say that's pretty hard on the ole captain. I
+like the captain firstrate, I do, Miss Milly; an' I don't like to see
+him put upon that way. Some of us ought to see to 'em for him, but you
+can't do for all."
+
+"No, Jim," Milly said, soothingly, to the young philanthropist, "we
+cannot do for all who need; but, if each one does his or her mite, we
+can among us greatly lighten the load of human suffering; and that is
+what we must all try to do, without making ourselves unhappy over that
+which is beyond our reach or means."
+
+"_You_ did a mighty big mite, when you did for Bill an' me, Miss Milly,"
+said her pupil and _protégé_, looking gratefully at her. "There ain't
+no halfway 'bout you, Miss Milly. But I would like to help Captain
+Yorke, if I could; an' I was thinkin', could I do up them sums again
+'bout the peanuts, an' get out a share for the Yorkes."
+
+Milly laughed, for she had heard of Jim's plans, and of the various
+objects which were to be benefited by the "peanut-undertaking;" and, as
+frequent new claims and claimants appeared to share in the profits, she
+argued that the proportion of each would be small.
+
+"Jim," she said, "I think I would not undertake to help the Yorkes as
+well as all the other people you have upon your list. They shall not be
+allowed to suffer, you may be sure; Mr. Rutherford and Mr. Livingstone
+will see to that."
+
+"Miss Milly," he answered, reproachfully, "I on'y didn't reckon up
+Captain Yorke an' his folks before, 'cause they hadn't need of it. Now
+they will, with all that raft of broke-up children on 'em; an' do you
+think I'd go to passin' 'em over when they was so good to me? No, that
+I wouldn't; I ain't never goin' to forget how Mis' Yorke nussed me, an'
+made much of me, when I was sick there in her house; an' they were good
+to me, too, when I was a little chap, an' got shipwrecked on to the
+shore. Miss Milly, do you know,"--hesitatingly,--"I'd liever take some
+out of the 'lection expenses share, than to pass over the Yorkes. I
+would, really, Miss Milly."
+
+Truly, our Milly was reaping a rich fruit of generosity, loyalty, and
+earnest endeavor, from the seed of self-sacrifice and charity which she
+herself had shown in faith and hope. And this, too, in ground which the
+on-lookers had judged to be so hardened and stony that no harvest was
+to be gathered therefrom. Oh, my Milly, sweet soul,
+
+ "Great feelings hath she of her own,
+ Which lesser souls may never know."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+"FOOD FOR THE GODS."
+
+
+Behold our household now settled in our city home,--our summer by the
+sea, with all its many pleasures, and its measure of perplexities and
+anxieties, a thing of the past; our stay at Oaklands, where papa had
+enjoyed himself to his heart's content, all the more for his enforced
+absence of the previous months, also over; and the different members of
+the family, according to his or her individual taste, occupied with
+divers plans and projects for the winter's duties and diversions.
+
+In view of certain contingencies which were likely to arise in the
+future,--father and mother said in the _far_ future; and, indeed,
+although it was pleasant to contemplate them from a distant standpoint,
+I was in no haste to leave my dearly beloved home,--in view of these,
+and with the comfort and well-being of a certain young man before my
+eyes, to say nothing of my own pride in my housekeeping capabilities, I
+had chosen to enlist myself as a member of a "cooking-class." Said
+cooking-class was to meet once a week, in the afternoon, at the house
+of each member, in turn, when we were to try our maiden hands on the
+composition of any such dishes as we might choose; after which, certain
+martyrs--namely, the aforesaid young man, and sundry of his friends and
+associates--were to be allowed to join us, and, in case they were not
+too fearful of consequences, to test the results of our efforts. Milly,
+who had a regular engagement for the afternoon appointed, was not able
+to aid in the culinary efforts, but pleaded, that, as she contributed a
+sister, she might be allowed to join the later entertainment of the
+evening. And the plea was considered all sufficient, for who would not
+choose Milly when she might be had? So said Bessie Sandford, our
+inseparable friend and intimate; and there was no dissenting voice
+among the gay circle of girls.
+
+She did not intend, however, to be without her share in the flesh-pots
+which were to furnish the more substantial part of the entertainment;
+and having a natural gift for cooking,--a faculty in which I was
+altogether wanting,--she promised to prepare some dainty dish
+beforehand, and send it as her share in the feast.
+
+My last essay in that line had been in the shape of some gingerbread,
+of which article of diet father was very fond, and I had exerted my
+energies on his behalf. When it was presented at the Sunday-evening
+tea-table, the family, excepting papa, contented themselves with
+viewing it respectfully from a distance; even old Thomas, as he passed
+the plate, regarding it doubtfully and askance.
+
+Father heroically endeavored to taste it; but mother, whose regard for
+his physical well-being outweighed even her consideration for my
+feelings, protested; and, with an air of relief, he obeyed the
+suggestion.
+
+"What did you say it is? Ginger _bricks_?" asked Douglas.
+
+I took no notice of this, but later bade Thomas take all the
+gingerbread down-stairs.
+
+"Yes, Miss," he answered, with an "I wouldn't care if I were you" sort
+of an air; and the gingerbread disappeared. The next morning, however,
+as I went to the store-room to execute some small order for mother, our
+old cook confronted me.
+
+"Miss Amy," she said, "whatever will I do with that gingerbread? There
+isn't one in the kitchen will touch it, not even them b'ys; an' all's
+mostly grist that comes to their mills."
+
+"Oh, give it away to any one that comes," I answered indifferently, and
+concealing, as I best might, my chagrin at this added mortification.
+
+But later in the day, Allie and Daisy, returning from their walk with
+mammy, rushed into the house in a state of frantic indignation.
+
+"Amy, Amy," they cried; "Mary Jane gave your gingerbread to a tramp,
+and he looked at it and smelled it and tasted it, and then just laid it
+on the area steps and ran away. And Jim saw him; and he picked up the
+gingerbread, and broke it by throwing it on the sidewalk, and then
+threw the pieces at the tramp; and one hit him, and it was so hard it
+seemed to hurt him, but he just ran all the faster."
+
+From that time, more than a year since, I had forsworn all manner of
+cooking, but now it seemed to me that the exigencies of the case
+required me to turn my thoughts to the matter; hence, when it was
+proposed, I had been only too ready to join the cooking-class.
+
+The lady who had, from pure love of her kind, and a special interest in
+young girls, undertaken to superintend and direct our efforts, was an
+old friend of my mother and aunt Emily; the dearest, the sweetest, the
+most guileless, of maiden ladies, with a simplicity and lack of worldly
+knowledge which were almost childlike, but very talented, and with a
+mind intelligent and cultivated to an unusual degree.
+
+She was also famous among us for all kinds of handiwork,--for the
+delicious cakes, soups, and all manner of dishes which she could
+concoct; for her painting and drawing, and her exquisite and original
+fancy-work. Simple, although delicate, in her tastes, her personal
+wants were but few; and being possessed of a small income, which placed
+her beyond the need of employing her varied talents on her own behalf,
+she delighted in turning them to account for others. She stood
+singularly alone, with no direct family ties or responsibilities; and
+probably no human being but herself ever knew the amount of work
+accomplished by those slender, high-bred looking hands for the benefit
+and delight of others. The beautiful paintings and embroideries which
+she sent to the various societies for art work, and which were always
+accepted without demur, meeting as they did with an ever ready sale,
+brought their profits, not to her, but to others less gifted and more
+needy than herself. And many a dainty trifle wrought by her graced some
+sick-room, or home of straitened means, where there was neither time
+nor talent to be given for such adornment.
+
+Careless as to the prevailing mode, although exceedingly neat about her
+own personal attire, she was somewhat quaint and old-fashioned in
+appearance; at least, she had been until a short time since, when Milly
+and I, with Bessie Sandford, who was also a distant relation of Miss
+Craven's, had taken her in hand, and by dint of a little teasing, and
+much persistence and coaxing, had induced her to submit herself to our
+dictation in the matter of dress. But she could not, quite yet,
+reconcile herself to our requirements; at least, not without a little
+flutter and protest against such innovations as we insisted
+upon,--against tied-back skirts, hair a little more in the fashion than
+she had been accustomed to wear hers, and collars and fichus of a more
+modern date:
+
+Hearing, the dear soul, that certain of our circle of girls were
+anxious to attain some practical knowledge of cooking, and to attach to
+the acquisition of that knowledge such "fun" as we might, she had
+offered, when applied to for certain of her receipts, to instruct the
+class which we were desirous of forming. The offer was eagerly seized
+upon, and so it came to pass that she had been installed as teacher and
+director of the mysteries in which we were about to dabble.
+
+Miss Craven,--"cousin Serena," as we always called her--had been one of
+the warmest advocates of Milly's cause, when that young woman was
+intent on taking upon herself the charge of Bill and Jim; and, had
+Milly not been allowed to do so, I think that she would have undertaken
+it herself. She was continually making little gifts to these boys, not
+always, it is true, just adapted to their needs or to their fancies;
+but they had the grace, rough as their antecedents had been, to
+appreciate the kindness which prompted them; and their room in the
+stable was decked with many a little bit of ornamentation bestowed by
+her. For one of her pet theories was, that one could educate the masses
+to a refining love of art, if one only kept such elevating influences
+constantly before them.
+
+The first meeting of the cooking-class was held at our house. Most of
+the girls were content to try their hands on this occasion on some
+simple dish; but I--more ambitious, and also for excellent reasons of
+my own--had determined to provide a certain delicate and highly
+flavored cream. In order that there might be no failure in this, and
+that I might, by an unqualified success, retrieve my reputation, I
+surreptitiously sought in advance two or three private lessons from
+Miss Craven. These she was only too ready to give; and after practising
+at home, closely following her directions, and assisted by old Thomas,
+who was almost as anxious for my triumph as I was myself, I succeeded
+in turning out my cream, pure, rich, white, just the right consistency,
+and deliciously flavored. It was but a small quantity, however; just a
+trial sample, not enough for family distribution; and, calling Allie
+and Daisy to the secret session which Thomas and I were holding in the
+butler's pantry, I divided the luscious morsel between them, exacting,
+first, the most solemn promise of secrecy. Allie demurred to this at
+first, having conscientious scruples about keeping any thing from
+mother; but she was finally persuaded to look upon it as a preparation
+for an agreeable surprise, as I assured her that this was only the
+prelude to a more extensive treat to the whole family, as well as the
+class. Moreover, the sight of the dainty, and Daisy's enjoyment of it,
+were too much for her, she having rather a leaning towards the
+flesh-pots.
+
+I was quite uplifted in my own estimation for the next twenty-four
+hours or so, and pleased myself mightily with the thought of out-doing
+all the other girls with my dainty, luscious dish. Allie and Daisy
+could be trusted "not to tell," when they had once given their promise;
+but they went about with a portentous aspect of having a secret, which
+almost made me regret that I had taken them into my confidence.
+
+It being leap-year, and our advantages, or possibly disadvantages, in
+connection with that period being about to come to an end with the
+close of the year, we had determined upon making the most of them.
+Hence our guests, when they should arrive, were to submit to be waited
+upon, and to receive such attentions as they were accustomed to bestow
+upon us.
+
+The day and the hour had arrived, and the members of the class, each
+one with an enormous protecting apron over her pretty dress, had
+assembled in our front basement, which, being convenient to the kitchen
+and store-room, had been chosen as the workshop for the occasion. Each
+was intent on her own dish, and each in her turn was superintended and
+overlooked by cousin Serena; but merry talk and laughter held their
+own, in spite of business.
+
+"What are you making, Amy?" asked Mollie Morgan. "How delicious and
+creamy that looks, and how readily you go to work about it. Why, I
+thought you were no cook at all; but one would think you had been doing
+that all your life. What is it?" she repeated, as I cast a guilty,
+deprecating look at Miss Craven. But cousin Serena had no thought of
+betraying me, and, although she must have heard, paid no attention to
+Mollie's remarks.
+
+"It's food for the gods," I answered carelessly, as I tossed the
+luscious compound about with a spoon.
+
+"Do you mean that is the name, or that it is your opinion that it is
+worthy to be food for the gods?" asked Bessie Sanford, who paused at my
+elbow, bearing in her hands a tray of delicate sponge-cakes.
+
+"Both," I answered.
+
+"Amy is ambitious; see what she is making, girls," said Mollie; and
+several, gathering round, peered at the diet of the gods with, as I
+imagined, envy and admiration.
+
+"There!" I said, triumphantly, and as though I were a _cordon bleu_,
+accustomed to turn off feasts for an emperor--"There, now it is ready
+to go into the moulds. Oh, no, I have forgotten the flavoring. Jim,"
+for the boy was there to wait upon us, and to run upon errands--"Jim,
+go and ask Mary Jane for a bottle of vanilla flavoring."
+
+Now, I might have known better than to send Jim on this errand, for
+between him and Mary Jane there was a state of warfare, due, I must
+say, to her ill-temper and prejudice. Formerly it had been productive
+of much annoyance and discomfort to the household, and had at last
+reached such a climax, that father, who never interfered in domestic
+details, had unexpectedly taken the matter in hand, and given the old
+woman such a warning, that she had not since that time dared to give
+open vent to her dislike. But the fires, though smouldering, still were
+alive; and Jim never cared to ask her for any thing, or to carry a
+message to her.
+
+However, now he ran into the kitchen, and presently returned with a
+bottle which he handed to me. Glancing at it, I saw that it was
+properly labelled, and I flavored with the contents according to
+directions; and, nothing doubting, then called upon cousin Serena to
+stamp it with her approbation, which she did. After which I poured the
+mixture into the moulds, and set it away.
+
+Fairly well satisfied with the results of our afternoon's work, we
+removed such traces of it as had left their impress, took a short rest,
+and were ready in due time to receive our leap-year guests.
+
+We were to have a high tea; the rest of our family, with cousin Serena,
+dining at an earlier hour than usual to accommodate us, and taking
+their later repast in the library.
+
+There was naturally much fun and jollity over the reversal of the usual
+order of things, and we carried out our programme to the farthest;
+while our gentlemen displayed a degree of inefficiency and helplessness
+which would have disgraced a six-year-old girl with a moderate amount
+of sense.
+
+All went well during the earlier part of the feast. Dish after dish was
+partaken of, and commended; and there was a universal chorus of
+approval for the fair cooks.
+
+"It is going to pass off without a failure," I said to myself,
+recalling triumphantly the scepticism as to our capabilities, which
+some of our friends had testified.
+
+And now appeared, in its turn, my own dish,--the "food for the
+gods,"--brought by Thomas and his assistants, with a little extra
+flourish as the work of their own young lady.
+
+We were in groups of four, at little tables placed about the room; and
+the gentlemen, as had been arranged, were helped first to each course.
+Happening to raise my eyes to address the youth upon my right hand, I
+saw his countenance suddenly distorted by a contortion expressive of
+any thing but pleasure. Turning involuntarily to my left-hand neighbor,
+who happened to be Mr. Winston, I saw a grimace, almost similar, pass
+over his face, followed by a look of blank astonishment at me.
+
+Then came the voice of my brother Edward from an adjoining table, as he
+sat with uplifted spoon, gazing down upon the contents of his plate.
+
+"Amy," he said, "what under the heavens is this?"
+
+"Food for the gods," I answered, startled and dismayed; for I could not
+help seeing that something must be very wrong to betray Edward into
+such a breach of etiquette.
+
+"Then we will not deprive the gods of it," said my brother; "and may
+the celestial--or was it for the infernal deities that it was
+compounded?--forgive you for inflicting this upon them. Winston, spare
+yourself, my dear fellow; the utmost stretch of politeness could not
+demand such a sacrifice of you."
+
+For Fred Winston, true gentleman and loyal knight that he was, was
+making the most heroic efforts to swallow a little more of my
+handiwork.
+
+And this from Edward, usually the most chivalrous of brothers!
+
+I glanced around the room, and saw a similar state of affairs on every
+side. All those who had been unfortunate enough to taste the "food for
+the gods" wore a more or less distressed expression. I plunged my own
+spoon into my plate, and carried it to my mouth.
+
+Pah! Any thing more nauseous I had seldom tasted. The gods were indeed
+to be pitied!
+
+I covered my face with my hands as a laugh pealed around the room; and
+Norman came dashing into it, and up to me.
+
+"Amy," he said, in a loud whisper which could be heard by all, "mother
+says don't let any one touch that stuff of yours. It's awful!"
+
+"Awful" indeed! But it was too late; enough tasting had been done to
+cover me, as I felt, with everlasting disgrace.
+
+"Amy was so awfully cock-a-hoop about her new dish, too," began Norman;
+"and now----"
+
+But his brotherly remarks were cut short by my left-hand neighbor, with
+an intimation, that, if he had any regard for his physical or mental
+well-being, he would at least postpone them.
+
+Overcome with mortification and chagrin, I would fain have left the
+room, not only to hide my diminished head, but also to consult cousin
+Serena on the possible cause of this mishap, when Jim came up to me,
+and said, in an aside even louder than Norman's,--
+
+"Miss Amy, it wouldn't poison none of 'em, would it?"
+
+When Jim had any thing on his mind it must come out, regardless of time
+or place; and there was that in the boy's tone and manner which
+instantly convinced me that he knew more than appeared on the surface,
+and I turned hastily to him:--
+
+"Poison any one? Why should it?" I asked.
+
+"It's the liniment, Miss Amy," he answered nervously; "an', if they was
+poisoned, me or you might be took up. We'd best have a doctor, maybe."
+
+Matters were growing serious; and springing from my seat, without
+apology to my guests, I bade the boy come into Thomas's pantry. Thither
+I was followed by Fred and Edward, who heard the confession of the
+frightened lad.
+
+"It's the liniment, Miss Amy," he repeated. "Mary Jane's liniment for
+her rheumatics; but I think it ought to be her to be took up more than
+you an' me."
+
+"Speak out, boy, and tell us what you mean," said Edward, imperatively;
+for he felt, that, if there was any reason for Jim's alarm, there was
+no time to be lost.
+
+Thus pressed, Jim said that when I had sent him for the flavoring, he
+had caught up a bottle which he supposed to be the right one, and ran
+back without consulting the old cook.
+
+Nothing doubting, I had made use of the contents; and he had possessed
+his soul in peace until a few minutes since, when Thomas had sent him
+on an errand to the kitchen, and he had heard Mary Jane bewailing the
+loss of her bottle of "rheumatiz liniment." She at once charged him
+with hiding it to torment her, but, before he could defend himself, one
+of the other servants asked what kind of a bottle it was; to which she
+replied, that it was a vanilla-bottle into which she had emptied the
+liniment, as that in which the lotion belonged had been cracked, and
+that she had stood it "just there."
+
+A horrible conviction rushed upon Jim: "just there" was the place from
+which he had taken the bottle he brought to me. He dashed into the
+front basement, found there the bottle in question, and speedily
+verified his own fears; then hurried up-stairs to prevent Thomas from
+taking in the "food for the gods." Alas! it was too late: the dish was
+already dispensed, a due portion having also been sent in to the
+tea-table in the library; and my disgrace was an accomplished fact.
+
+Dread of the after consequences now took possession of Jim, and this
+impelled him to an immediate disclosure of the mistake. Indeed, none of
+us were without our misgivings; and Edward, sending for the bottle,
+went with it at once to our family physician, who lived but a few doors
+from us.
+
+Dr. Graham laughed heartily when he heard of the mishap, and told
+Edward that there was no cause for alarm; as, although he would not
+advise unlimited indulgence in the lotion as a beverage, such harmful
+qualities as its ingredients possessed would be reduced to a minimum
+when mixed in the proportion Edward mentioned with the other articles
+of which the "food for the gods" was compounded.
+
+So the matter became a joke to every one but me and the old cook, who
+received a severe reprimand for her carelessness in putting the
+liniment in an improper receptacle, and then leaving it in an improper
+place.
+
+Thus ended my attempt at culinary distinction; a regard for the
+well-being of my friends and even for their lives, inducing me to quit
+the field without further trial of my powers.
+
+What a long tale about a foolish mistake, it may be said; but, as
+"great events from little causes spring," the results of that mistake
+were vast and far-reaching, and we had not yet heard the last of the
+"food for the gods."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+THE "MORNING BUGLE."
+
+
+"Look at this disconsolate pair; melancholy has evidently marked them
+for her own," said Bessie Sanford, as she and I crossed the corner of
+the square, bound for an afternoon walk; aimless, except in the search
+for fresh air and exercise.
+
+The "disconsolate pair" were my little sisters, Allie and Daisy, who
+now approached, trundling their dolls' perambulators in front of them,
+and followed by mammy, who came limping after, also wearing a most
+lugubrious expression; but whereas their distress was plainly mental,
+her's was physical, drawn forth by pain.
+
+"Old mammy has an attack of her pet bunion," I said, "and I suppose
+that the children are, in consequence, debarred from their walk, and
+they have but just come out. Poor little things! What do you say,
+Bessie, to taking them with us? They would be enchanted."
+
+"So should I. By all means let us take them," answered Bessie, who had
+a love for children and their company, only second to my own.
+
+"O, sister Amy!" cried both the little ones, dropping the
+perambulators, and rushing up to us as soon as their eyes fell upon us,
+"Mammy's bunion hurts so, she can't take us to walk, and it's such a
+lovely day, and we want to go Jim's peanut-stand."
+
+And the ever ready tears rushed to the eyes of Allie, who was prone to
+weep upon slight provocation; and even Daisy, who was more
+philosophical, though younger, looked heart-broken.
+
+Sunshine speedily succeeded the showers, however, for my proposal that
+they should accompany us was received with rapture; and, taking their
+dolls into their arms, they abandoned the perambulators to the care of
+mammy, who hobbled towards home with them. This bunion was mammy's
+choice grievance, and she doubtless suffered much from it; but it was
+an article of the family faith, that, when for any reason she was
+disinclined to take her walks abroad with the children, the bunion
+sympathized with this reluctance, and crippled her to an unusual
+extent.
+
+"And where do you want to go?" I asked of the beaming pair, who were
+now hanging, the one on Bessie's arm, the other on mine. "Bessie and I
+do not much care which way we go."
+
+"Oh," said Daisy, ecstatically, "if you would only take us to Jim's
+peanut-stand! Mother said we might go, and then mammy couldn't take
+us."
+
+"It's not fash'nable, but it's very respectable, Amy," said Allie,
+impressively.
+
+"But we cannot go to a peanut-stand, even though it belongs to Jim," I
+expostulated.
+
+"But it's not in the street; it's--you know Johnny, the flower-man,
+sister?" said Allie.
+
+"Johnny the flower-man" was a German florist on a small scale, who had
+a little glass-enclosed stand on the corner of the avenue next to that
+on which we lived, and who was extensively patronized by our family and
+many of our neighbors. His box of a place, cosey, warm, and fragrant,
+was a favorite resort of our children; and much of their pocket-money
+went to the purchase of the potted plants and cut flowers which he sold
+to them at a wonderfully reasonable rate. But what had the little
+German to do with Jim and his peanut-stand? Allie soon enlightened us.
+
+"Jim was going to have the stand on that corner," she said, "and he had
+leave to do it; but mamma and aunt Emily said it would not do for Tony
+and Matty to sit out of doors in the cold weather; it would kill Matty,
+they said. And Jim was so disappointed, and he didn't know what to do;
+and one day when sister Milly sent him to Johnny's, he told him about
+it, and about Tony and Matty; and that lovely old Johnny,--Daisy and I
+ask God to bless him every night when we've done our own people,--he
+told Jim he could have a little corner of his store where it was all
+glass, and the stand could be seen from the street; and then Matty
+could sit there, and people would come in and buy her peanuts. Wasn't
+it good in him? We love Johnny, if he does squint, and smell of
+tobacco, and can't talk very plain."
+
+"And then," said Daisy, taking up the tale in her turn, as Allie paused
+for breath, "and then there wasn't room there for the roaster, 'cause
+it's pretty squeezed up in Matty's corner, and in Johnny's store, too,
+wif the stand there; so Johnny's wife, who lives just a little bit of a
+way off, lets Tony have the roaster up in her room, and roast the
+peanuts, and then he runs very quick wif 'em over to Matty, or, if it's
+a nice, pleasant day, he has it put outside the door. But the smell of
+the peanuts gets mixed up wif the smell of the flowers, and that isn't
+so very nice."
+
+"But Jim is making lots of money, he says," continued Allie; "'cause
+most always when people come in to buy flowers, Johnny tells 'em they'd
+better buy peanuts, too; and Jim printed a sign in German about peanuts
+inside, and put the meaning in English beneath, and he says he thinks
+he is doing a better business than if Matty sat outside. Norman and
+Douglas buy lots, but," with a little sigh, "mother don't like Daisy
+and me to eat peanuts. It would be a good way to do charity if she
+would let us; but sometimes we buy some, and give them to the
+servants."
+
+Jim and his "peanut undertakin'," as Captain Yorke had called it, had,
+in the press of other and greater interests, almost passed from my
+mind, and I had made no inquiries about it lately; but, as visions of
+numerous peanut-shells in the most unheard of places returned to my
+recollection, I could not doubt the truth of Allie's assertion in
+regard to my brothers.
+
+While the children had been talking, we had been gradually walking on
+towards the desired haven,--the corner where the German florist had his
+tiny store; and presently we came to it. The little glass enclosure was
+one mass of vivid green, and brilliant, glowing color; for Johnny was
+remarkably successful in the treatment of his plants, and they always
+wore a thrifty, healthy aspect, delightful to behold.
+
+Without, just at the side of the door of entrance, hung the sign
+described by Allie; and Daisy at once drew our attention to it.
+
+The "German" legend ran thus:--
+
+ "Goot rost benuts ish incite, nein sents a quoort.
+ Shtep in unt py."
+
+The English translation followed:--
+
+ "Good roost peanuts is inside, nine cents a quart.
+ Step in and by."
+
+Bessie and I were inwardly amused, but did not let it appear to the
+admiring children. Allie, however, had her own misgivings as to the
+absolute correctness of the sign, and said, doubtfully,--
+
+"I suppose the German must be all right, because Jim says that is the
+way Johnny talks; but the English is not spelled quite right, is it,
+sister Amy?"
+
+"Not altogether," I answered; "but perhaps it attracts more attention
+than it would do if it were quite correct, Allie, and that, you know,
+is the object of a sign or notice."
+
+"Yees," said Allie, doubtfully, lingering behind a moment to scan the
+sign as I opened the door, and still inclined to criticise; "ye-es, but
+somebody might laugh if it is not spelled quite right."
+
+"That is of no consequence so long as it does not hurt business," I
+said, shamelessly indifferent to the orthographical merits of the case.
+"Come in, Allie, we must not keep the door open too long."
+
+At the farthest end of the crowded little cubby-hole,--all the more
+crowded, of course, for the accommodation which the good-hearted German
+had afforded to Jim's beneficiaries,--sat the little deformed Matty,
+behind her stand, on which were displayed a tempting pile of freshly
+roasted peanuts, and various bright, new measures. Outside, on the
+street, could be seen Tony, grinding away at his revolving roaster; for
+the day was so exceptionally lovely, that there could be nothing in the
+air to injure him, and he doubtless preferred its freshness, and the
+brilliant sunshine, to the presumably dark and stuffy quarters of Mrs.
+Johnny.
+
+[Illustration: "AT THE FARTHEST END SAT THE LITTLE DEFORMED MATTY."
+ _Page_ 96.]
+
+Poor, poor Matty! Deformed, shrunken, and wizened, she was a painful
+contrast to all the beauty and brightness surrounding her in the little
+conservatory. Beyond the sympathy unavoidably drawn forth by her
+helpless and crippled condition, there was absolutely nothing to
+attract one toward her. She looked peevish and fretful, too, so far as
+there was any expression in the dull, heavy face. Was it to be wondered
+at? There had been but little of brightness in her young life; and as I
+looked from her to my little sisters, our petted household darlings,
+carefully guarded and shielded, so full of life and joyousness, so free
+from all pain or care, my heart swelled with thankfulness, that to them
+had been allotted no such fate, and with the desire to brighten the lot
+of this little unfortunate.
+
+It was not so with her brother Tony: he was the jolliest, most active
+little cripple that ever hobbled round on one leg and a crutch. The
+celerity of his movements was something surprising; his voice was merry
+and cheery; and his ugly young face, despite the many hardships of his
+lot, generally wore a smile.
+
+Now and then he would be seen with his face pressed against the glass,
+with a nod of good-fellowship to his sister or Johnny, or staring at
+such customers as happened to be within; and, if these proved to be
+Matty's patrons, he would watch the progress of the sale with great
+interest. Then he would turn to his roaster, and work it violently for
+a few moments, then be off to the curbstone or crossing, exchanging
+some, probably not very choice, joke with some other street-gamin, or
+the conductor or driver of a passing street-car.
+
+The children, Allie and Daisy, made their investments while I was
+taking these observations, and Bessie was purchasing cut-flowers from
+the old German. She was a good German scholar, and delighted the heart
+of the old man with the familiar language of the fatherland, which
+flowed glibly from her tongue. The consequence was, that that politic
+young woman left the florist's with three times the amount of flowers
+that I had, although I had spent just twice as much money. But, then, I
+could not speak German.
+
+"I am going to take my flowers to cousin Serena," I said, after we had
+left the florist's, and exchanged a word or two with jolly little Tony
+as we passed. "Will you come and see her, Bessie?"
+
+Bessie assented, and the two little ones were only too glad to
+accompany us. A visit to cousin Serena was always a treat to them.
+
+"And we will give her the peanuts we bought; she likes peanuts," said
+Daisy, who, as well as Allie, had maintained a silence, quite unusual
+with them, during several minutes.
+
+"But we'd like her and all our people to understand," said Allie,
+loftily, "that we buy peanuts because of Jim, and not at all because of
+Matty. She's the most unchristianest child we ever saw; and I think her
+soul is hunchback, too, just as well as herself."
+
+I had seen that Matty had repelled the advances of the children, who
+had wished to show her their dolls, and to be kind to her; and I
+endeavored to soothe them, and excuse her, by telling them how much she
+had to suffer, and how her disposition might have been spoiled by all
+that she had undergone.
+
+But my words made no impression; the children were not to be mollified.
+Allie still wore an air of outraged and offended dignity; and Daisy not
+only maintained that solemn silence, but she looked grieved and hurt.
+Our little ones were not accustomed to be snubbed, and took it hard
+when such an experience did befall them; but there was a preternatural
+gravity about them now, which excited my wonder.
+
+"Why, Daisy," exclaimed Bessie, suddenly, "what is the matter with your
+cheek? It is all red and scratched. What have you been doing to
+yourself?"
+
+"She didn't do it to herself," said Allie, indignantly, and before
+Daisy could speak. "We didn't want to tell tales; but, sister Amy and
+cousin Bessie, I think you are not very _noticeable_, not to see
+Daisy's cheek before this. We are very much disappointed in you."
+
+We apologized humbly, saying that Daisy's broad felt hat had prevented
+us from seeing the state of her cheek before this, and inquired more
+minutely into the cause thereof.
+
+With some reluctance the children told, that, while Bessie and I had
+been making our purchases of flowers, they had, after buying their
+peanuts, tried to make themselves agreeable to Matty; but she had
+proved far from responsive, and would not even look at the beautiful
+dolls which they proffered for her admiration. Believing that shyness
+alone was the cause of this ungraciousness, and filled with pity for
+her condition, Daisy had at last raised Matty's arm and placed her doll
+within it, when the cripple suddenly turned upon her, and drew the
+nails of the disengaged hand viciously down poor little Daisy's soft
+cheek, while, with the other, she threw the doll from her. Fortunately,
+the doll was not hurt; but the insult to her cherished darling had
+grieved Daisy more deeply than did the injury to herself. She had
+heroically refrained from crying out, or making any complaint, lest
+Johnny should be moved to espouse her cause, and avenge it on Matty;
+but it had gone to her heart, and to Allie's as well, that, after such
+forbearance, neither Bessie nor I should have noticed her plight.
+However, we made up for it now by an outburst of indignation and
+resentment, especially violent on my part; whereupon, the sage Allie
+turned my own moral lecture, so lately delivered, upon myself,
+recalling my exhortations to the effect that we should be patient and
+forgiving with one so sorely afflicted as Matty Blair.
+
+When we reached cousin Serena's, a little arnica and some French
+bonbons healed Daisy's wounds, both mental and physical; but when
+happiness and peace were once more restored, and she was seated upon
+Miss Craven's lap, with Allie beside her, and the box of chocolates
+between them, cousin Serena herself was discovered to be in a state of
+no small flutter and excitement.
+
+"My dears," she said, "have you seen the 'Morning Bugle' of to-day?"
+
+"No," I said, emphatically. "Father would not allow that paper to come
+into our house."
+
+"Nor would my father," said Bessie.
+
+"He says it is a scandalous sheet," I added. "He would not have it if
+there were not another newspaper in the city."
+
+"Nor would I in my own house," said Miss Craven; "but," apologetically,
+"when one is in a boarding-house, my loves, you know one cannot control
+other people."
+
+"I should think not," said Bessie. "It would be hard, indeed, if you
+were held responsible for the morals, or the literary tastes, of Mrs.
+Dutton's other boarders."
+
+"But you dearest of Serenas," I said, "you know you need not read the
+'Morning Bugle' because some of the other people in the house take it.
+O Serena, Serena," reproachfully, "I thought better things of you! That
+_you_ should allow your mind and morals to be poisoned in that way!"
+
+"My dear Amy! My dear children!" exclaimed the dear, matter-of-fact old
+lady, who never knew when she was being teased, which made it all the
+more delightful to tease her. "My dear loves, you do not think I read
+that scandalous sheet! Why, this morning I should have said that
+nothing would induce me to touch it; but when Mrs. Dutton came up with
+the paper in her hand, and said, 'Is not this meant for your friends?'
+what could I do? I had to take it, and read the paragraph; and, my
+dears, here it is. Oh, I have been so unhappy all day about it! What
+will your father and brother do? Mrs. Dutton let me cut this out, when
+she saw how I felt about it."
+
+I took the scrap of paper which she handed to me; and the blood rushed
+to my heart, as I read an item with the following heading:--
+
+
+"A MADISON-SQUARE SENSATION."
+
+It was a garbled and scurrilous account of the late little incident at
+our house, implying, indeed openly asserting, that there had been a
+wholesale attempt at poisoning. Names were not given, not even the
+initials under which the reporters of such gossip often pretend to
+disguise publicity, and in a measure avoid responsibility; but, to the
+initiated, there could be no doubt that the paragraph referred to my
+unlucky cookery. Further particulars, it was said, would be given at a
+later date, although it was difficult to obtain information, as the
+parties concerned had endeavored to hush up the matter; and "money is a
+power in this community."
+
+I turned faint and giddy as I read; while Bessie, who looked over my
+shoulder, burst into a tempest of indignant exclamation.
+
+"Dear child! Don't turn so white, Amy, my dear; I am so sorry I showed
+it to you," cried Miss Craven, aghast at my alarm and agitation. "It is
+outrageous, scandalous; but it cannot hurt you: you see no names are
+given. But I shall never forgive myself, for I told Mrs. Dutton about
+the 'food for the gods'. She was interested, you know, when you were
+here with me learning to make it, and asked me how it turned out. But
+she is discretion itself; she would not say a word, nor let any one
+know--Oh! my dear child, what shall I do? What shall we all do?"
+
+But the vivid imagination with which I was credited by my friends, and
+which not unseldom did cause me many a needless foreboding, was rampant
+now; and visions arose before me of disgrace to the family, if those
+dreadful newspaper people did, as they threatened, "give further
+particulars," and perhaps go to greater lengths, and even print my name
+in their horrible sheet. Should I ever be able to hold up my head
+again? I sat in dumb, terrified astonishment.
+
+But here, Bessie, with her practical common sense, came to the front,
+and brought me back to reason.
+
+"So that is the way you meant to make such a success of your 'food for
+the gods,' is it, you fraud?" she said, putting her hands on my
+shoulders, and playfully shaking me, "coming here and practising with
+cousin Serena, forsooth; and the rest of us experimenting with our
+first efforts. O Amy, Amy, I would not have believed it of you. And the
+gods themselves turned against you. Their mills did grind exceeding
+sure that time, and not so slowly, either; vengeance followed, swift
+and sure. You deserve this. Cheating play never prospers, Amy; and
+'honesty is the best policy,' and all that."
+
+Meanwhile, the children were gazing from one to another of their
+elders, not knowing what to make of all this,--Allie uncertain whether
+or no she had better call upon her ever ready tears, Daisy bewildered,
+and at a loss to know upon whom to bestow her sympathy, cousin Serena
+or me; for I had not yet put my miserable imaginings into words, and my
+startled looks alone appealed to her; while Miss Craven was in a
+half-frantic state of excitement; and, as for Bessie, she had at first
+appeared furiously angry, and now, with a sudden change, was turning
+the whole thing into a laugh. What could it all be about? wondered
+these innocents.
+
+"Oh," I gasped at last, "what shall we do? What will papa say? What
+will uncle Rutherford say? What will Edward say? What will----"
+
+"Yes, my dear, what will Fred say?" Bessie completed my unfinished
+sentence, as I paused, overwhelmed. "They will each and every man of
+them settle this matter, to the anguish of that editor, if I know them,
+and without one word of trouble or publicity to you, or any one of the
+family. You dear goose, you, to make such a personal matter of it. Why
+not, Jim; why not still more, Mary Jane?"
+
+"I must go home," I said, feeling a burning desire to find at once my
+natural protectors, and to place the matter in their hands; and go I
+would and did, cousin Serena accompanying me, with Bessie and the
+children. We paused by the way, to knock at Mrs. Dutton's door, and to
+ask her if she had called the attention of any of the other boarders to
+that shameful paragraph.
+
+Mrs. Dutton, motherly, gentle, refined, a lady in birth, education, and
+manner, and with a warm corner in her heart for the girls, big and
+little, who ran in and out on their visits to Miss Craven, assured us
+that she had not done so; and, in answer to my anxious inquiries, said,
+also, that she had never mentioned the incident of the "food for the
+gods" to any one.
+
+It is not necessary to state, that my mankind were incensed when they
+saw the objectionable paragraph, although they did make light before me
+of my terrors and apprehensions; and it remained a fact, that Edward
+went at once to a friend and brother lawyer, to request him to take
+steps to prevent any further annoyance or developments in the matter.
+It so happened, said this gentleman, that he had a hold upon the editor
+of the "Morning Bugle," which that personage would be very sorry to
+have him use to his disadvantage; and he assured Edward that he would
+settle the affair in such a way that none of us need fear any future
+trouble or publicity.
+
+How the thing had become known so as to afford matter for newspaper
+gossip, we could not tell, and did not much care to know; probably,
+through the talk of the servants, who had, of course, been acquainted
+with all the particulars of the unfortunate incident. Exaggeration, and
+a wilful desire to falsify a trifle to the discredit of those concerned
+had done the rest; but our lawyer friend's remedy proved effectual, and
+the "Morning Bugle" was silenced.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+UNCLE RUTHERFORD'S PRIZE.
+
+
+Uncle Rutherford, the most generous, the most benevolent, of men, had,
+nevertheless, the most exasperating way of carrying out his kindnesses.
+He would suggest or hint at something delightful, and which just met
+the views or desires of his hearers, dwell upon it for a time, then,
+after leading one to the very height of expectation, would apparently
+put the matter entirely from his thoughts, and for days, weeks, or
+months, nothing further would be heard of it.
+
+To urge its fulfilment, or to endeavor to discover what his intentions
+might be, was never productive of any good; on the contrary, his
+intimates believed that this still further deferred the wished-for
+result. Even aunt Emily, his much beloved and trusted wife, had learned
+to possess her soul in patience, when he was supposed to be revolving
+any thing of this nature in his mind.
+
+The question of Jim's future had never been alluded to by him since
+that day last September, when it had been discussed at our seaside-home;
+and now it was nearly Christmas, and Milly was on tenter-hooks to know
+if there was any thing favorable in store for her _protégé_. She knew
+better, as I have said, than to hurry matters, or to ask any questions.
+That uncle Rutherford had not forgotten it, however, was evident from
+the way in which he watched, and apparently studied, the boy's ways and
+character; Jim all the while quite unconscious of such scrutiny.
+
+"Milly," he said, on the evening of the day following that of the
+episode of the "Morning Bugle,"--"Milly, I see that boy Jim has a
+temper which needs some curbing."
+
+Now, "a temper" was uncle Rutherford's _bête noir_, albeit his own was
+not of the most placid type, and that it was liable to be roused to
+what he called "just indignation," on that which to others appeared
+small provocation. The flash was always momentary, but it was severe
+while it lasted; and it had ever been a cross and a stumbling-block to
+him, spite of the polite name by which he called its manifestations. It
+was probably the recollection of the trouble it had brought to him, and
+of the struggles which even now it cost him, an elderly man, which made
+him so intolerant of its existence in others, especially the young. It
+is not necessary for the reader to quote the oft-repeated proverb about
+dwellers in glass houses, for uncle Rutherford was perfectly conscious
+of the exceeding fragility of his own panes; and his only wish was to
+warn and help those who were cursed with a fiery, impetuous spirit like
+his own.
+
+That Jim was a victim to this, no one could deny, and Milly did not
+attempt to dispute it now; she merely assented meekly, and acknowledged
+that Thomas and Bill were constantly rescuing him from street-fights,
+and other escapades of that nature. And there were times when, in some
+of his rages with his fellow-servants, the raised tones of his furious
+voice had penetrated to the upper regions, and called for interference
+from the higher powers; but these occasions were becoming more and more
+rare. His devotion and loyalty to Milly and the other members of the
+family who had befriended him were not infrequently the occasion of
+these outbursts; for, at the smallest real or fancied injury or slight
+to any one among us, he was up in arms, and his tongue and his fists
+were only too ready to avenge us. He was very impatient, too, of any
+allusion by others to his own origin, or to the state of degradation
+from which Milly had rescued him and Bill, although he would discuss it
+more or less freely with her, and with his boon companion and chum.
+
+"What has Jim been doing now, uncle?" asked Milly; her hopes for the
+advancement of the boy through uncle Rutherford's means falling, as she
+wondered if he were noticing only to find out the flaws in a by no
+means faultless character.
+
+"Just that; been in a street-fight, or what would have proved a
+street-fight, if I had not come upon the scene just in time to call him
+to his senses, and to order him into the house instanter," said our
+uncle; "and, from what I could learn, he attacked a boy much larger
+than himself, on very small provocation,--merely, that the boy disputed
+his claim to the name of Livingstone, by which it appears he chooses to
+dub himself."
+
+"He does not know his own name," said Milly, apologetically.
+
+"That is no reason that he should call himself by yours," rejoined
+uncle Rutherford.
+
+"It is something of the old feeling of feudal times, or that which used
+to make our Southern slaves adopt the surnames of their masters, I
+think," said Edward. "Jim thinks that 'them as belongs to Livingstones
+ought to be called Livingstone.'"
+
+"Captain Yorke proposed to him to take his," said I, "but Jim declined,
+on the ground that Yorke was not so nice a name as Livingstone for the
+'President of these States.' He has it in his heart, too, to confer
+honor upon our family name by the reflected glories of the position to
+which he aspires."
+
+"The boy's spirit of gratitude and appreciation, at least, are worthy
+of all credit," said aunt Emily.
+
+"And, whatever he may owe to Milly and the family, he has already
+repaid the debt with interest," said mother; her thoughts, doubtless,
+recurring to Jim's heroic rescue of the youngling of her flock--her
+baby Daisy--from a frightful death; to say nothing of his sturdy
+fidelity to the welfare of our household and property under
+circumstances of great temptation and fear during the last summer.
+
+"I had thought," said uncle Rutherford, slowly, and Milly's face
+lighted up; was it coming at last? "I had thought, if you judged well
+of it," turning to mother, "of having him go to the public
+grammar-school for this year, and there to test his capabilities, not
+only in the way of learning, but even more in his power and desire to
+control this temper of his. If he gives satisfaction, and proves
+himself worthy of it, let him continue at school until he is fitted for
+it, when I will give him a scholarship which I own in the School of
+Mines. At present it is filled, but will fall vacant about the time
+that Jim will be ready to take it. There is another boy on whom I have
+my eye, who has the same bent for a calling that Jim has, and whom I
+wish to befriend and help; but he, too, has faults which I hope to see
+him correct,--faults in some respects more serious than Jim's,--and the
+prize will lie between these two. Whoever proves himself most worthy
+and capable, the most steady, reliable, and best master of himself,
+shall take the scholarship. But, if Jim goes regularly to school, he
+will, of course, have to resign, in a great measure, his duties as a
+household servant. Are you willing to have him do this? For I do not
+wish or intend to inconvenience you. What is your opinion of the whole
+matter?"
+
+"Ask Milly," said mother, "she is the arbitress of his fate."
+
+And uncle Rutherford looked to that young damsel.
+
+"What say you, Milly?"
+
+There was little need of words. Milly's sparkling eyes and flushed
+cheeks spoke for her. This was so much beyond any thing she had hoped
+for on behalf of the boy, that at first it seemed to her almost too
+good to be true. And, yet, there were lions in the way. And, after a
+moment's consideration, she answered, somewhat hesitatingly,--
+
+"I hardly know what to say, sir."
+
+We all looked in astonishment. Most of the family thought that Milly's
+hopes and ideas for the future of her _protégés_ were rather quixotic
+and unreasonable, aiming at taking them out of their proper sphere. But
+here her clear judgment and good sense saw some objections to uncle
+Rutherford's plan.
+
+"You are very kind, more than kind, uncle," she continued. "Such an
+offer is, indeed, a 'chance' for Jim such as I had never dreamed of,
+and there could be no question between this, and his training as a
+household servant; but I fear for the effect of the emulation upon him.
+If he is to gain this prize by outstripping or defeating another, the
+spirit of victory for victory's sake will take possession of him, and
+he will make every thing give way to it."
+
+"Then he will not prove himself worthy of the prize," said uncle
+Rutherford, who had a fancy for inciting young people to efforts of
+this nature, and who was always holding out some prize to be striven
+for.
+
+"I don't know," said Milly, a little wistfully; "he is so impulsive, so
+eager, so almost passionate, in the pursuit of any object on which he
+has set his mind, that I am afraid too much of the spirit of rivalry
+will enter into his efforts to win this."
+
+"And," put in Norman, "he will be so cock-a-hoop if he is set to study
+for a scholarship, that there will be no bearing him, and----"
+
+But Norman was brought to an abrupt silence, by a quick reprimand from
+father; while uncle Rutherford took no notice of the interruption, but
+continued to urge upon Milly the acceptance of his project. It
+undoubtedly presented so many advantages for Jim, that these finally
+outweighed her scruples, and she agreed thereto with earnest thanks.
+
+"Who is the other fellow, uncle?" asked Norman the irrepressible, "any
+one whom we know?"
+
+"Yorke's eldest grandson," said uncle Rutherford.
+
+"That sneak!" ejaculated Norman.
+
+"So that is your opinion of him," said uncle, turning towards Norman.
+"Well, I have not myself much confidence in the boy. There is something
+about him which I do not like; he is not frank and outspoken. He is a
+bright lad, however, ambitious, and disposed to make the most of any
+opportunities which fall in his way; and, for old Yorke's sake, I would
+like to help him. Yorke pinched and saved and denied himself, to give
+that boy's father an education, and illy he was repaid by the graceless
+scoundrel, who dissipated his father's hard-earned savings, and half
+broke his heart, and that of his poor mother. The captain is building
+on this boy's future, now; and, if he does not show himself fit for a
+college course, he may, at least, when he has had sufficient schooling,
+be taught a trade, and share the burden of the family support. We shall
+see which will win the prize, Jim or Theodore."
+
+Douglas began to laugh in his quiet way, but Norman spoke out again.
+
+"Won't there be jolly rows, when those two come to be pitted against
+one another," he said. "Either one will do his best to keep the other
+from winning it, even if he don't care for it himself."
+
+There was too much reason to believe that Norman's prophecy would prove
+true. From the time that Theodore Yorke had appeared at his
+grandfather's, a pronounced state of antagonism had declared itself
+between the two boys; and this had continued up to the time of our
+leaving the Point. Jim, who was a great favorite with the old captain
+and his wife, seemed to look upon Theodore as an interloper, and
+trespasser upon his preserves; and the latter at once resented the
+familiar footing on which he found Jim established in his grandfather's
+house, although he himself had never been there before, and had
+hitherto been a stranger to all of his father's family.
+
+It had required the exercise of the strictest authority to maintain any
+thing like a semblance of peace during the remainder of our stay at the
+seaside; and there were occasional outbreaks, which tended to any thing
+but comfort to Captain Yorke's household. Our house and grounds were
+forbidden to Theodore Yorke, in consequence of this feud; but Jim's
+duties called him, at times, to the home of the old sailor, whence he
+was accustomed to bring the daily supply of milk for the consumption of
+the family, and where he had been wont to linger as long as he dared
+when sent on this errand. More than once had he returned with a black
+eye, cut lip, or other adornment of a warlike nature; and several
+milk-pails had been degraded from things of usefulness, by reason of
+being used as weapons of offence and defence.
+
+And, although he knew all this, here was uncle Rutherford actually
+setting up these two already belligerent lads as rivals in the race for
+learning and character, with such a prize in the future to the winner.
+His object would defeat itself. Was it to be supposed that tempers
+would be controlled, that any little tendency to take advantage of an
+enemy would be smothered, under these circumstances?
+
+"Dear uncle," said Milly, whose face had fallen when she heard who was
+to be the rival candidate, "Jim is my charge; and you will not think me
+ungracious, if I say that I cannot consent to let him enter the lists
+against Theodore Yorke. I know only too well that it would arouse all
+his bad passions. As I said before, rivalry in any case would not be
+best for him, but, against Theodore, it would be simply ruinous; and I
+would rather see him remain under Thomas's tuition, learning to be a
+thorough and efficient servant, and to control his temper because right
+is right, than to have him take the first honors in any college in the
+world, if these are to be purchased by the fostering of an envy and
+jealousy which I am sure would be the result of your plan."
+
+"Saint Millicent is right, as usual, when her brands snatched from the
+burning are concerned," said father, putting his arm over her shoulder.
+"I quite agree with her, Rutherford. We shall always see that both
+those boys, Jim and Bill, are well provided for; and neither of them
+shall lack for such an amount of education as may fit him to make his
+way in some respectable calling. To Jim we owe a debt which far
+outbalances the benefit he has received at our hands." And papa's eye
+turned, with lingering tenderness, to the far corner of the room, where
+Allie and Daisy, unconscious of the weighty matters which were being
+discussed among their elders, were absorbed in happy play with dolls
+and dog. "When he is old enough and steady enough, we will set him up
+in some line of business which he may choose--eh, Milly?--that is, if
+he shows any aptitude for a mercantile life; and he may work his way
+thence to the Chief Magistracy, if he find the path which he imagines
+lies open to him. As for Bill, he runs Wall Street, you know; and his
+voice, and talent for music, would make _his_ way in the world. There
+is something that must be cultivated."
+
+"Do you mean, Millicent, that you are actually going to refuse my offer
+for Jim?" said uncle Rutherford, in a tone of deep displeasure; for he
+did not like to be circumvented when he had set his mind upon a thing,
+especially if it chanced to be one of his philanthropic schemes. And
+that same quick temper, which he had found his own bane, showed itself
+now, in the flush which mounted to his brow, and the sudden flash which
+shot from his eyes. "Then, my dear, all I have to say is----"
+
+_That_ was all he had to say; and Milly escaped something which would
+have hurt her feelings, and which uncle Rutherford himself would have
+regretted when another moment should have passed, for aunt Emily laid
+her hand upon his arm, half-whispering, as a noted imperial wife was
+once wont to do to her impetuous and fiery lord, "Nicholas, Nicholas!"
+and with a like, calming effect, for further words were arrested on his
+lips.
+
+There was a little awkward silence for a moment; then, as if by a
+sudden inspiration, uncle Rutherford said pleasantly,--
+
+"How absurd we all are! What need for either boy to know that he is a
+rival to the other? Put the reward before each one, and tell him that
+the winning of it depends upon himself, and then we shall see."
+
+So, then, was it settled, to the satisfaction of all; uncle Rutherford,
+it is true, a little disappointed that the stimulus of emulation was
+not to enter into the contest; and the discussion was here brought to a
+close by the appearance of Bill with a box of flowers "for Miss Amy."
+
+But there was a factor in the case, upon which we had not counted.
+
+In the privacy of their room over the stable, Bill and Jim held
+converse that night; and this was the substance of their communing,
+divested of unnecessary adornments of speech, with which those young
+gentlemen were wont to garnish their conversation when removed from the
+restraints of polite society.
+
+"There's a big thing up for you, Jim," said Bill. "You'll hear of it
+yourself soon, I guess, from Miss Milly or Mr. Rutherford; but I got
+first word of it."
+
+"What is it?" asked Jim.
+
+"You're goin' to school; you and Theodore Yorke," said Bill.
+
+"I ain't goin' to no school with Theodore Yorke," interrupted Jim.
+"There ain't no school would hold me an' him."
+
+"Yes, you are, if you know what's good for yourself," said Bill; "and
+there's some kind of a big prize for whichever comes out best man."
+
+"Then I'll go, if Miss Milly lets me; an' beat him, too, if it was just
+for the sake of beatin'," said Jim, verifying the prophecy of his young
+mistress. "But how do you know so much, an' what do you mean, Bill?"
+
+"I didn't hear all they was sayin', and I s'pose I wasn't meant to hear
+none of it," answered Bill. "It was all the fam'ly folks, 'cept the
+children, was talkin'. Mr. Brady sent me to open the front-door when
+the bell rang, and it was some flowers for Miss Amy; and, when I went
+to the door with 'em, they was all talkin' so busy they didn't hear me
+knock. I couldn't make out just what it all was; but you're to get
+schoolin', you and Theodore, and whichever does the best is to get more
+schoolin', and some prize at the end when the schoolin's done; but Miss
+Milly, she didn't want you nor him to know you was fightin' for it,
+'cause she didn't think 'twould be good for _you_. She thought you'd be
+too set on it, maybe, just to spite Theodore. She knows him and you,
+you see."
+
+"Yes, she might ha' knowed I wouldn't let _him_ get the best of me,"
+said Jim, viciously. "And you say I wasn't to be let know I was set on
+to beat him."
+
+"No, them was Miss Milly's orders; and I take it Mr. Rutherford didn't
+like it too much," answered Bill. "He wanted you to know, and be set on
+yer mettle. But Miss Milly, she's boss of _us_, you know, and she got
+her own way. So, as I say, they ain't goin' to tell you nothin' about
+Theodore."
+
+"Then, maybe you oughtn't to ha' told me," said Jim, musingly. "I don't
+believe you ought."
+
+"I don't see the harm," said Bill. "I wasn't told not to tell; they
+didn't know I heard."
+
+"All the same," said Jim, "you oughtn't to ha' told, when Miss Milly
+didn't want me to know. I am glad I do know, so as I can set out to
+beat Theodore; and, Bill, this is goin' to give me a first-rate chance.
+You see if I don't get to be President, now. An', when I do, you'll see
+what'll be done to Theodore Yorke."
+
+"What?" asked Bill.
+
+"I don' know, I've got to think," answered Jim; "but jus' you wait till
+I get to be top man of these States. Won't Theodore get it!"
+
+"Miss Milly didn't want you to know, 'cause she thought you'd be so set
+against him, and she thought you was bad enough that way a'ready," said
+Bill.
+
+"I feel kinder sneaky to know it when she didn't want me to," said Jim.
+"I guess, after all, I'm sorry you tole me, Bill; you hadn't a right
+to, I guess. You come by it yourself kinder listenin'."
+
+Here the question of conscience and honor was broken in upon by the
+coachman, who slept in an adjoining room, and who bade the boys cease
+their chattering, as they disturbed him.
+
+Uncle Rutherford had left to Milly the telling of his plans for Jim's
+future; and the following morning she called the boy to her, and set
+them forth before him.
+
+He was to go to school this winter, beginning as soon as the Christmas
+holidays were over. With many earnest warnings, she pressed upon him
+the necessity for self-control, as well as attention to his studies;
+telling him of the prize to be won if his course should prove
+satisfactory to Mr. Rutherford, but making no mention, of course, of
+the other candidate. He promised over and over again, that he would do
+his very best to prove a credit to her, and to make her "awful proud"
+of him in the future, and that she should have no cause for complaint,
+either with his temper, or his lack of diligence.
+
+That he was enchanted with the opportunity thus offered to him, there
+could be no doubt, but he did not appear as much surprised as Milly
+imagined that he would be; and there was something in his manner,
+which, at the time, struck Milly as rather strange,--a something
+repressed, as it were, but excited; and, all the while, there was a
+gleam of mischief in his eye. In the light of later developments, the
+cause of this was made plain; but now it was a mystery.
+
+"And now, Jim," continued his young mistress, when she had told him of
+all that lay within his grasp, and had added a gentle and persuasive
+modicum of moral suasion,--"now that you are going out into the world
+to make a way, it may be a name, for yourself, you must choose what
+that name shall be. You remember," soothingly, for this was a sore
+point with the boy,--"you remember that we know you only as Jim."
+
+"It's Livin'stone, Jim--no, I mean James Rutherford Livin'stone," said
+the boy, decidedly. "I'm goin' to put in the Rutherford on account of
+Mr. Rutherford bein' so good to me, Miss Milly; an' won't you an' him
+be set up when you see Rutherford Livin'stone names onto a President of
+these States? I ain't never goin' to disgrace them names, that I
+ain't."
+
+But Milly, mindful of the prejudices of her relatives, and of the
+objections which she foresaw from both sides of the family, found it
+needful to decline the compliment. In order to avoid hurting the boy's
+pride, however, she went about it most diplomatically.
+
+"Do you not think, Jim," she said, "that it would be a good thing for
+you to call yourself by the name of Washington, the first and greatest
+of our Presidents?"
+
+"Jim George Washington, Miss Milly?" answered the lad. "Well, that
+would sound nice; but, you see, I wanted to put the compliment on
+_you_, an' to show what lots of gratitude I've got for you an' your
+folks, Miss Milly."
+
+"The best compliment you could pay to me, and to my care for you, Jim,
+would be to show yourself in any way worthy of bearing the name of that
+great and good man," said Milly, non-plussed how to carry her point,
+and still not to wound her charge. "And," she continued, "that name
+might always prove a reminder to you of the truth and uprightness, the
+bravery and self-control, which distinguished him."
+
+"Miss Milly," Jim broke forth, irrelevantly, it would seem, "you know
+Bill gets time for lots of readin' an' studyin' down at the office.
+When Mr. Edward don't have any thin' for him to do, an' he might be
+just loafin' round, he's doin' his 'rithmetic, or his jography or
+spellin', an', if he wants a bit of help, Mr. Edward gives it to him,
+if he ain't _too_ busy just then; so Bill, he's comin' on with his
+learnin' heaps faster than me; he's gettin' splendid at figgers, an' he
+reads the paper, too, on'y Mr. Edward, he don't like him to read the
+murders an' the hangin's, and them _very_ interestin' things; but Bill
+read the other day in the paper how a man said George Washington had a
+big temper, an' could get as mad--as mad as any thin'. But Bill, he
+said he'd heard Mr. Edward an' some other gentleman talkin' 'bout how
+folks was always tryin' now to be upsettin' of hist'ry; an' Bill says
+he reckons that 'bout George Washington was just another upsettin', an'
+him an' me ain't goin' to believe it."
+
+"That's right, Jim, keep your faith in Washington, and show that you do
+so by adopting his name," said Milly.
+
+Do not let it be thought that Milly slighted the Father of her country,
+by thus turning over to him the "compliment" she declined for herself
+and her family; for, in the multitude of namesakes who have helped to
+perpetuate that illustrious memory, poor Jim could reflect but an
+infinitesimal share of credit or discredit.
+
+Jim pondered. The advantages of the world-renowned historic cognomen
+were, doubtless, great. But the "compliment" to his friends! could he
+defraud them of that?
+
+Suddenly his face lighted; a brilliant idea had struck him. He could
+combine both.
+
+"Miss Milly," he said, "I'll tell you. Now, I'll be named James
+Rutherford Livin'stone Washin'ton, an' stick to that till I get inter
+President polyticks; then I'll put the Livin'stone last, James
+Rutherford Washin'ton Livin'stone, so folks'll be sure I belong to you.
+Bill says folks can change their names, if they has a mind to, when
+they come twenty-one. Bill's learned lots of law down to Wall Street,
+Miss Milly; he's up in it, I can tell you."
+
+"Very well, that will be best," said Milly, content to defer to the
+doubtful future the risk of having the family names appear in
+"President polyticks;" and so it was arranged, and her charge prepared
+to face the world as James Washington.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+TWO PEANUT-VENDERS.
+
+
+Allie stood before the glorious wood fire, around which we were all
+gathered awaiting the summons to dinner, gazing intently into its
+glowing depths, and evidently sunk in such deep meditation as to be
+oblivious, for the moment, of her surroundings, and of what she was
+doing; for her doll, a new and much prized Christmas-gift from uncle
+Rutherford, and a beauty, hung disregarded, head downwards, in the hand
+which had sunk unconsciously by her side, while, with the forefinger of
+the other pressed upon her rosy little lips, she seemed to be pondering
+some weighty matter.
+
+Daisy lay stretched with her doll upon the tiger-skin, and presently,
+looking up, roused Allie from her distraction.
+
+"Why, Allie," she exclaimed, "what you finking about so much? Serena
+Victoria is most upside down. Just look at her!"
+
+Allie reversed her doll to its proper position; and, as she settled its
+costume, gave Daisy her answer, by putting into words the thought which
+was vexing the minds of some of her elders, but addressed herself to
+me, as a kindred spirit.
+
+"Amy, do you b'lieve Mrs. Yorke will be very fit-to-be-seen to take out
+walking or driving on the avenue, or in the park?"
+
+"Why, Allie," I said, weakly evading the question, and also answering
+by another, "do you not think your friend Mrs. Yorke is always fit to
+be seen?"
+
+Still, Allie replied by a fresh query.
+
+"Amy, have you seen Mrs. Yorke's best bonnet? her 'sabbath bonnet,' she
+calls it." And she turned upon me large eyes, full of solemn meaning.
+
+Yes, I had, indeed, seen Mrs. Yorke's "sabbath bonnet;" and it was the
+recollection of that appalling article of attire which at the present
+moment was weighing on my own spirits.
+
+Here Daisy piped up, also giving voice to the sentiments of her
+sisters.
+
+"Mrs. Yorke is very nice," she said, "and we love her lots, but in her
+Sunday clothes she don't seem like Mrs. Yorke."
+
+It was even so. Mrs. Yorke in her every-day costume, and Mrs. Yorke in
+gorgeous Sunday array, were two--and "oh the difference to me!"
+
+"How do you know," said uncle Rutherford, "but that Santa Claus himself
+may have taken the matter in hand? Mrs. Yorke's Sunday bonnet may not
+have been to his taste, and he may have provided her with another."
+
+"I hope, then," answered Allie, sceptically, "that he hasn't brought
+her a brown felt with red feathers and a terra-cotta bow."
+
+"That would not have improved matters much, would it?" asked uncle
+Rutherford, with a twinkle in his eye. "No; I think his taste would run
+to black, perhaps. What do you say, aunt Emily?"
+
+"I should say his fancy would lie in a black felt, with black velvet
+trimmings and feathers," answered aunt Emily. "How would that do,
+Allie?"
+
+"Very well," said Allie, "if he brought her a black dress, too, 'stead
+of a' old plaid."
+
+"And a new cloak, too," put in Daisy. "Her's isn't very pretty; I saw
+it once; but I'd just as lieve have Mrs. Yorke anyhow she was."
+
+The grammar might be childishly faulty, but the feeling of the speech
+was without a flaw, and from the heart Daisy would have accepted Mrs.
+Yorke as she was, and thought it no shame or embarrassment to escort
+her anywhere; but bonny Allie was a lady of high degree, with an eye
+for appearances and the proprieties, and Mrs. Yorke's antiquated and
+incongruous gala costume would sorely have tried her soul, although she
+would doubtless have borne her company with a good grace, and with no
+outward show of the pangs she might be enduring. How greatly she was
+relieved now could be judged by the laughing light which sparkled in
+her eyes, the dimples which showed themselves at the corners of her
+mouth, and the ecstatic way in which she hugged the long-suffering
+doll.
+
+"She'll be lovely and fit-to-be-seen now!" she exclaimed. "Won't she,
+Daisy? She'll look just like mammy."
+
+"But," said Daisy, doubtfully, unconscious of the knowing gaze which
+her older little sister had fixed upon uncle Rutherford's face, a gaze
+which he returned with interest--"but _did_ Santa Claus bring Mrs.
+Yorke all those things, Allie?"
+
+"Yes, he did; _a_ Santa Claus did; I'm perfectly sure he did," said
+Allie. "But they didn't come in her stocking, or grow on a
+Christmas-tree, either, _I_ know."
+
+"I fink he was real mean if he brought her all those, and didn't bring
+her a muff and some gloves and a' umbulla, too," said Daisy.
+
+Before the laugh, which followed, had subsided, Thomas appeared at one
+entrance to announce dinner, and mammy at the other to carry off her
+charges. Full of the news they had to impart to her, of Santa Claus's
+supposed benefactions to Mrs. Yorke, they went more willingly than
+usual.
+
+Yes, Christmas had come and gone,--Christmas with all its sacred,
+hallowed associations, its pastimes and pleasures, its loving
+remembrances and family gatherings; and never had a dearer and happier
+one been passed beneath our roof. No, nor one more productive of choice
+and beautiful gifts from each one to each; and the little ones had
+outdone themselves for the blessed and beloved holiday.
+
+And it was an article of the family creed, both on the Livingstone and
+Rutherford sides, that the good things which had been so bountifully
+showered upon our pathway in life should be shared with others,
+especially at this season of peace and good-will. So it was no
+surprise, although it was a great relief to some of us, to learn that
+Mrs. Yorke had been made presentable for the visit to the city, which
+would involve some attentions on our part that might have proved
+embarrassing had she appeared in her wonted holiday costume. Mother and
+aunt Emily had been the two good fairies who had wrought the
+transformation through the medium of a Christmas-box, which had
+contained bountiful gifts for the whole Yorke family.
+
+And now Captain and Mrs. Yorke were to come to the city on the very
+next day, accompanied by the--to Jim, at least--objectionable Theodore.
+Mrs. Yorke, whose crippled condition sadly interfered with her comfort
+and usefulness in life, was to be placed immediately under the care of
+our own family physician, who had become interested in her case during
+a visit paid to us at the seashore during the previous summer; and aunt
+Emily had secured a comfortable abiding-place for her, not very far
+from our own home, where the children, whom she adored, and mammy could
+often run in to see her, and where the elder members of the family
+could now and then pay her a visit. The captain was to remain with her,
+or not, as his inclination might prompt; but uncle Rutherford thought,
+that, the novelty of city sights and sounds once exhausted, the old man
+would prefer to return to his accustomed haunts by the sea. Theodore
+was to board with his grandparents, and to begin school with the New
+Year; at the same time, and--alas! for the inexpediency of uncle
+Rutherford's arrangements--in the same school, with Jim.
+
+Such were the plans which had been made for the Yorkes, and the junior
+portion of our household were in a state of eager expectation over
+their approaching arrival; the desire to witness the old seaman's first
+impressions of a city life, and his own conduct therein, being strong
+within us.
+
+"We'll give him a good time, and get lots of fun out of it for
+ourselves," said Norman and Douglas, who proposed to be his pioneers.
+
+As for Bill and Jim, there was no telling what manner of projects they
+might have formed for his edification, and their own amusement and his;
+and father considered it necessary to bid Milly give them a word of
+warning not to practise on the credulity of the old sailor, as they had
+at times been wont to do while we were at the seashore.
+
+"And what about the mercantile enterprise of that youth, with so many
+irons in the fire?" asked uncle Rutherford, when dinner was over, and
+the door closed behind the retreating servants, while we still lingered
+around the table; the little girls having been allowed to come down to
+dessert. "How does the peanut-business flourish, Milly? You are posted,
+I suppose."
+
+"Not so thoroughly as Allie and Daisy," answered Milly. "I understand
+that it is flourishing; but, if you wish for minute particulars, you
+must apply to them."
+
+Allie, hearing what was passing, forthwith dived into the depths of her
+small pocket, and produced from thence a miniature account-book, saying
+triumphantly as she did so,--
+
+"Jim's sold the first bag of peanuts, and bought another, and then sold
+that; and now he's bought _two_ at once, and"--opening the book, and
+poring over it,--"and he's made--see, uncle Rutherford, here it is,"
+and she pointed out a row of crooked, childish, illegible figures; to
+be understood, doubtless, by the initiated, but Greek to uncle
+Rutherford.
+
+"How does the boy manage to keep account of his business?" asked uncle
+Rutherford, returning the book to Allie, as wise as when she handed it
+to him, but not confessing his ignorance.
+
+"By preparing himself for a dyspeptic existence," said Milly. "He
+swallows his meals in haste, Thomas says, and rushes from the table,
+and around to the Fourth Avenue to receive Tony's report, and be back
+in time for his work. Nor is he always quite in time, I imagine; but
+Thomas is indulgent and patient, and Bill helps him. I understand that
+the little cripples are really making fair sales, and Jim is reaping
+quite a harvest."
+
+"Yes, uncle Rutherford knows that by my 'count-book," said unsuspicious
+Allie. "Read it aloud, please, uncle, so they can all hear."
+
+"Hm--hm, yes, my dear; but I do not like to read aloud after dinner,"
+said uncle Rutherford, still forbearing to enlighten her innocence.
+
+"It isn't so _much_ reading," murmured Allie, rather hurt, for she
+was an over-sensitive child, prone to imagine slights, and, as we know,
+given to ready tears. "I'll tell you, people;" and she proceeded to
+give the amount made by Jim since he had established the peanut-stand,
+with its various divisions for the separate objects of his benevolence
+and ambition. The latter figured under the head of "For to be
+President;" and if her accounts, or, rather, Jim's as set down by her,
+were to be trusted, he had really done very well in the stand business.
+
+"We know two deforms," quoth Daisy, solemnly, as Allie closed; "one
+deform is very nice and good, and the ofer is horrid and scratching.
+One is Captain Yorke's, and the ofer is Jim's peanut-stand girl. But we
+have to be good to the cross deform, 'cause God made her that way.
+Allie and I are going to try and make her nice and pleasant, too."
+
+"She thinks we're proud, and only like to go to see her, and show her
+our nice dolls and things, to make her feel sorry," said Allie; "Tony
+said so. And she turns her hump at us, and makes faces at us, and
+_won't_ think we want to be good to her. She thinks we're proud at her,
+'cause she has to sell peanuts."
+
+"You go and sell peanuts, then, and show her you're not too proud to do
+it," said Douglas, carelessly, and certainly with no thought that the
+suggestion would ever be acted upon.
+
+"We needn't to have been afraid about Mrs. Yorke's fit-to-be-seenedness,"
+said Allie, hopping delightedly around on one foot, the day after the
+arrival of the Yorkes, and on her return from her first visit to them.
+"Why, she does look so nice; just as nice as mammy in her Sunday
+clothes. She looks almost lady."
+
+"Yes, she does, and it don't make any dif'ence, if she _behaves_ lady,"
+said Daisy; "and I fink she always behaves _very_ lady. Mamma," with a
+sudden and startling change of subject, "if somebody told you you could
+do somefing to help somebody, oughtn't you to do it?"
+
+"Yes, my darling, if you can," answered mother, rather oblivious, to
+tell the truth, of the child's earnestness in putting the question; for
+she was at the moment writing an answer to a note which had been just
+brought in.
+
+"And it's very nice to do the kind fing, and not speak about it, isn't
+it?" questioned Daisy.
+
+"Very, dear," answered mother, still only half hearing the little one,
+and far from thinking that she was supposed to be giving her sanction
+to a most unheard of proceeding.
+
+Mrs. Yorke's attire and general appearance proved satisfactory even to
+fastidious Miss Allie and myself; indeed, she would have passed muster
+among any hundred elderly women of the respectable middle class; and
+there was nothing whatever about her to attract special attention,
+unless one turned again for a second look at the kind, motherly old
+face. There was a sort of natural refinement about her, too, which made
+her adapt herself with some ease to her unaccustomed surroundings.
+
+As for the captain, he was a hopeless subject for those who had an eye
+to fashion or the commonplace. No amount of attempts at smoothing or
+trimming him down, no efforts at personal adornment in his case, could
+make of him any thing but what he was, here in the great city, as well
+as at his seaside home, the typical old sea-faring man, rough, hearty,
+simple, and good-natured, garrulous to excess, as we had often proved,
+and not to be polished, or made what he called "cityfied."
+
+"'Tain't no sort of use whitewashin' the old hulk," he asserted; "an' I
+guess my Sunday clo's, as is good enough for the Lord's meetin'-house
+up to the Pint, is got to be good enough for these messed-up city
+streets; an' ye can't make no bricky-bracky outer me."
+
+To the boys he was a source of unmixed delight, both to our own young
+brothers, and to the two servant-lads; and no care for the eyes or
+comments of the world troubled any one of them when he happened to be
+under their escort. And little Daisy was equally independent, or
+perhaps too innocent to take any heed of such matters.
+
+A feverish, influenza cold confined both Allie and mammy to the house
+for a day or two soon after the arrival of the Yorkes in the city, and
+Daisy was consequently obliged to be confided to the care of others
+when she took her walks.
+
+She had been out driving one afternoon with mother and aunt Emily; and
+they, having an engagement for "a tea," to which they could not take
+her, brought her home. At the foot of our front-steps stood Captain
+Yorke, complacently basking in the almost April sunshine, and amusing
+himself by gazing up and down the street, and across the park, on which
+our house fronted. It was an exceptionally beautiful day for the time
+of year, soft, balmy, and springlike.
+
+"Ye won't git another like it to-morrer; two sich don't come together
+this time o' year," said the captain, as mother, greeting him, remarked
+on the loveliness of the weather. "Ye kin look out for a gale to close
+out the year with, I reckon. There's mischief brewin' over yonder,"
+pointing to where a bank of clouds lay low upon the southwestern
+horizon. "Ye'd best take yer fill of bein' out doors to-day."
+
+"Yes," said Daisy, pleadingly, "it's so nice and pleasant. Mamma,
+couldn't some of the servants take me out a little more? I don't want
+to go in yet."
+
+"Leave her along of me, Mis' Livin'stone," said the old man. "Me an'
+her'll take care of one another."
+
+Daisy beamed at the proposition; and mother had not the heart to refuse
+her, or the old sailor.
+
+"Well," she said, "you may stay out a while with the captain; but only
+on condition that you both promise not to go far from the house, but
+remain either on the Square, or on this block. You see, captain," she
+continued, "Daisy is too little to pilot you about, and you are too
+much of a stranger in the city to be a guide for her beyond the
+neighborhood of home. If you want to leave her, or she tires, just take
+her to the door, and ring the bell for her. Or perhaps you will go in
+yourself, and see Allie and mammy.--They cannot go astray or get into
+any trouble so near home," she said to aunt Emily, when she had given
+her orders, and the carriage moved on, leaving Daisy and the captain
+standing side by side on the pavement, the little one with her tiny
+hand clasped in the toil-worn palm of the veteran.
+
+"Impossible!" said aunt Emily; "and the captain is as good as any
+nurse, you know. I would quite as soon trust her with him as with
+mammy."
+
+But aunt Emily, and mother too, had forgotten to take into account the
+captain's deficiency of a sense of the fitness of things,--at least, of
+matters appertaining to a city-life.
+
+He and Daisy rambled contentedly up and down the block, from one corner
+to another, for some time, she prattling away to him, and enlightening
+his ignorance so far as she was able, until, at last, they
+unfortunately touched upon Jim's affairs.
+
+"Let's go round an' buy some peanuts outer Jim's stand," said the
+captain. "'Tain't far, ye know."
+
+"No," answered obedient Daisy, "not far; but mamma said we mustn't go
+way from sight of our house, fear we would be lost, and we'd be way
+from sight of it if we went to Jim's peanut-stand. But, Captain Yorke,
+Matty is cross wif Allie and me, 'cause she finks we're proud 'cause we
+don't sell peanuts; and Douglas says I ought to sell peanuts, so she'll
+know I'm not proud. Do you fink we could sell a few peanuts now? I know
+where Jim keeps 'em."
+
+"Wal, I reckon ye kin sell peanuts, my pretty, if ye have 'em to sell,"
+answered the old man, seeing no reason why Daisy should not have her
+own way, and perhaps scenting a little diversion for himself in the
+project; "but if ye can't go round to t'other street, how are ye goin'
+to get 'em?"
+
+"Oh, Jim keeps 'em--his bags of peanuts--out in a pantry under our
+back-stoop," said Daisy; "and ev'y morning Tony comes for some to sell.
+We'll go in, and ask some of the servants to give us some, and then
+we'll sell 'em."
+
+If "some of the servants" had been found, this unprecedented plan would
+have met with due interference; but it so happened, that they were all
+scattered at their various avocations in different parts of the house,
+and none were in the kitchen save old Mary Jane, to whom Daisy knew
+better than to appeal on behalf of any interests of Jim's. She was busy
+grinding coffee; and the noise of the mill prevented her from hearing
+the footsteps of the invaders of her domain, who passed through the
+basement-hall, and out of the back-door, where, although they found no
+one to help them, Daisy, to her great delight, discovered the key of
+the closet in the lock. To open the door, bid the captain take down an
+empty basket, which hung on a hook, and to fill this with peanuts from
+an open bag, was but the work of a few moments; the captain's huge
+hands scooping up the nuts in quantities, and soon accomplishing the
+task. Then, arming themselves with a tin cup, which they also found
+near at hand, by way of a measure, the two conspirators once more stole
+past the unconscious Mary Jane, and out into the street, the captain
+bearing the basket.
+
+[Illustration: "TWO RATHER UNUSUAL FIGURES TO BE ENGAGED IN SUCH
+ AN OCCUPATION."--_Page_ 145.]
+
+"Shall we sell 'em on our stoop?" asked Daisy, all this time quite
+guiltless of any intention of wrong-doing.
+
+"I reckon ye'd best go down to the corner there, where the two streets
+comes together," answered the captain, pointing to where a
+much-frequented cross-street intersected our avenue. "Them's my
+opinions, for I see lots more folks walkin' that way than this."
+
+Unfortunately, Daisy saw the force of his reasoning; and the two
+innocents had presently established themselves, quite to their own
+satisfaction, on this public corner.
+
+It was not long before they attracted sufficient attention, for they
+were two rather unusual looking figures to be engaged in such an
+occupation, to say nothing of the contrast between them; the
+weather-beaten, rugged, by no means handsome old sailor standing guard,
+as it were, over the daintily dressed little child with her beautiful,
+beaming face, and winning ways.
+
+Custom flowed in without delay, the captain not hesitating to hail the
+passers-by, and to direct their attention to the tiny saleswoman before
+him; while she, with her sweet voice, pleading, "Please buy some
+peanuts to help some poor children;" and her attractive air and
+appearance was irresistible.
+
+Fortunately for the pecuniary interests of the firm, or, rather, of the
+capitalist whom they represented, Daisy knew from the boys the price
+that the peanuts should be; and the captain, who, spite of his
+simplicity, had a keen eye to business, and who was accustomed to
+peddling about "the Point" during the summer season, constituted
+himself cash-taker, and saw that she received her dues.
+
+But public curiosity was naturally excited by the unusual situation,
+and presently both Daisy and Captain Yorke were besieged with
+questions, which the latter resented as implying a distrust of his
+ability to care for the child. Truly, it might well be doubted. But
+this was no check upon custom, and the stock in the basket at Daisy's
+feet speedily dwindled down. The bottom had nearly been reached, when a
+policeman sauntered by on the other side of the street; and, being
+attracted by the gathering on the corner,--for those who came to buy,
+in many cases remained to admire,--he crossed over to ascertain the
+cause. Great was his astonishment, and small his approbation, when he
+discovered the state of things; for he knew our children by sight, and
+could not but be aware that such doings as these could not be with the
+approbation of Daisy's family.
+
+"Why, that is--isn't that Mr. Livingstone's little girl?" he asked of
+the captain.
+
+The captain nodded; he was too busily engaged in keeping an eye on the
+money Daisy received, to do more.
+
+"Well, if ever I saw a thing like this!" ejaculated the guardian of the
+peace. "To see a little lady like that--my dear, do your pa and ma know
+what you're a doing?"
+
+"No, not yet," answered Daisy; who looked with cordial eye upon all
+policemen, as being, according to her code, the defenders of the right,
+and avengers of the wrong.--"No, not yet; I'll tell them by and by, and
+they'll be glad, 'cause they like me to do a kindness, and not speak
+about it."
+
+"_Will_ they?" said the policeman, with a clearer insight into the
+fitness of things, than was possessed by Daisy or the old sailor. "Now,
+my little lady, you've got to go straight home; I know what your pa and
+ma will say. You come right along home, like a good child."
+
+"Now, you let her alone," interposed Captain Yorke. "'Tain't no case
+for the law, 'sposin' her folks don't like it; an' I'll wager they do."
+
+"You old lunatic," said the policeman, "what are you encouragin' of her
+for? Who ever saw a little lady like that sellin' peanuts in the
+streets! I ain't goin' to allow it nohow; it's drawin' a crowd; and, as
+to the law, she nor you ain't any right to be sellin' 'em here without
+a license.--Come along home, little Miss."
+
+But here a new actor appeared upon the scene, and prevented any further
+opposition on the part of the captain. This was Jim, who was returning
+from an errand; and, seeing Captain Yorke's tall figure standing by the
+lamp-post with an unmistakably belligerent expression in every line, he
+elbowed his way through the fast increasing crowd, and stood astonished
+and dismayed before Daisy.
+
+"Miss Daisy, whatever do you mean by this? You sellin' peanuts here in
+the street!"
+
+"Matty Blair does," faltered Daisy, beginning, by virtue of all these
+various protests, to see that perhaps she might have strayed from the
+way in which she should go.
+
+"Matty Blair!" ejaculated Jim, again. "Well, Miss Daisy, I guess Matty
+Blair's one, an' you're another. Won't your pa an' ma, an' all of 'em,
+be mad, though!"
+
+"So I was sayin'," said the policeman, who was quite well acquainted
+with Jim; "and now, youngster, the best thing you can do is to take the
+little lady home, and tell her folks to look out for her better than to
+put her under the care of this old know-nothing."
+
+This entirely met Jim's views; and, snatching up the almost empty
+basket, he seized the hand of the now frightened Daisy, and hurried her
+homeward, leaving the policeman and the captain exchanging compliments
+until such time as the latter saw fit to retire from the field, and
+hasten to our house to deliver up the results of poor Daisy's sale.
+
+It may be imagined what consternation reigned in the Livingstone
+household, when this escapade of its youngest member came to light;
+while the grief and bewilderment of that little damsel herself, who
+had, in all good faith, believed that she had mother's sanction for her
+course, were pitiable to witness. As for Jim, not even the gratifying
+pecuniary results could nullify his mortification at the disgrace which
+he believed to have fallen upon the family, especially his beloved Miss
+Daisy; and he found it hard to forgive the captain, who had encouraged
+and abetted her.
+
+"Philanthropy has certainly seized upon this family to an alarming
+extent," said Bessie Sandford, when she heard the story, "but I
+_wish_ that I had been there to see pet Daisy at her post acting
+peanut-vender."
+
+How far Daisy's effort to prove to Matty that she "was not proud"
+affected that young cripple, could not be told; but she did not fail to
+hear of the thing from Jim.
+
+As for Captain Yorke, he received his full share of reprimand, and
+caution for the future, from his wife, who, all unaccustomed as she,
+too, was to city ways, had far more natural sense of what was fitting
+and advisable.
+
+"If I could but go round with him to keep him up to the mark, Mrs.
+Livingstone," she said, when apologizing to mother for the captain's
+share in the late escapade; "but, bless you, dear lady, he's more of a
+child than little Daisy herself, when he's out of his usual bearings. I
+think he's best off at home, with Jabez and Matildy Jane to look after
+him, when I can't."
+
+And she sighed heavily, as if the responsibility were too much for her.
+
+But the captain could not be brought to this view of the case. He was
+enjoying himself in his own way among the city sights and sounds.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+NOT ON THE PROGRAMME.
+
+
+Uncle Rutherford stood at the far end of the great schoolroom, awaiting
+the admission of his two candidates for its privileges and
+opportunities. It was the opening-day after the conclusion of the
+Christmas holidays; and half a dozen boys, besides Theodore Yorke and
+Jim, had presented themselves as new scholars, and they now stood
+before the principal,--Theodore at one end of the line, and Jim at the
+other.
+
+"What is your name?" asked the principal of Theodore; to which the boy
+responded simply, "Theodore Yorke," and then answered in like manner
+the few more questions put to him relative to age and so forth; and the
+gentleman passed down the line till he came to Jim.
+
+"What is your name?"
+
+To uncle Rutherford's consternation, Jim, straightening himself up,
+answered in a loud, confident tone, "Jim,"--he had meant to say
+"James," but the more familiar appellation escaped him,--"Jim Grant
+Garfield Rutherford Livingstone Washington;" and then glanced down the
+line as if to say, "Beat that if you can!"
+
+A titter ran around the room, speedily checked by the stern eye of the
+principal, and one or two of the new boys giggled outright; but Jim,
+with head erect, and fearless eyes fixed upon the master, was unmoved,
+perhaps did not even guess that the merriment was caused by himself.
+
+The principal found it necessary to caress his whiskers a little, then
+said,--
+
+"Good names, my boy, every one of them. Try to prove worthy to bear
+them. Your age?"
+
+This and the other needful preliminaries being settled, the new boys
+were turned over to the examiners, to have their classes and position
+in the school defined; and uncle Rutherford made his exit, only too
+thankful that the irrepressible Jim had not added to his list of
+high-sounding appellations, "President that is to be of these United
+States."
+
+School discipline, of course, had, for the time, restrained the gibes
+and sneers, the open laugh, which would have greeted Jim's announcement
+of his adopted name or names; but the time was only deferred. The joke
+was, to the schoolboy mind, too good to be lost; and when the recess
+came, and the boys were for a while at liberty, Jim became the target
+for many sorry witticisms, and "Jim Grant Garfield Rutherford
+Livingstone Washington" was called from all sides of the playground in
+almost as many tones of mockery as there were boys; and Jim speedily
+found that he had taken too much upon himself for his own comfort. The
+"Grant Garfield" had been an after-thought, and he had been prompted
+thereto by hearing another boy give his name--to which he was probably
+justly entitled--as "George William Winfield Scott Jones." Jim was not
+going to be outdone, or to be satisfied with four names, when here was
+a fellow with five; hence the "Grant Garfield" on the spur of the
+moment.
+
+Milly had feared that even the "Rutherford Livingstone Washington"
+would excite derisive comment; and when she heard uncle Rutherford's
+report of Jim's further adoption of great names, she groaned in spirit,
+and awaited with sundry apprehensions his return from school, fearing
+that his excitable temper might have been provoked into some
+manifestation, which would not only affect his creditable entrance into
+the school, but also his standing with uncle Rutherford.
+
+But Jim had a check upon himself whereof Milly wot not; namely, that he
+knew of the prize to be secured in case he gained the approbation of
+uncle Rutherford,--a prize which, as we know, he was more anxious to
+win for the sake of defeating Theodore Yorke than for the attainment of
+the scholarship itself.
+
+So, although he had to put a strong restraint upon himself, and was
+inwardly boiling with wrath and indignation, he bore the gibes and
+sneers with the utmost self-command, and apparently unfailing
+good-nature, till Theodore Yorke, who had made himself at home among
+his new surroundings as readily as Jim had done, joined in the
+"chaffing" with a vim and bitterness which could have their source only
+in a feeling of personal spite and hatred.
+
+"Jim Grant Garfield Rutherford Livingstone Washington," he repeated;
+"and he hasn't a right to _one_ of the names, unless it's Jim. He
+hasn't got any name; nobody knows what his name is, or who he is, or
+where he came from. He hasn't got any folks, either."
+
+This was wounding poor Jim in the tenderest point, as the amiable
+Theodore well knew; and it was more than his victim could well stand.
+
+"And I'd rather have no folks at all than have such as yours," he
+shouted, almost beside himself with rage at this exposure of that which
+he considered to be his disgrace. Then suddenly recalled to a sense of
+his regard for this boy's grandparents, Captain and Mrs. Yorke, and of
+all the kindness he had received from them,--for a hearty gratitude for
+favors received was one of the strongest features of Jim's
+character,--he hastened to set matters in their true light; "at least,
+such a father as they tell yours was. If I had a gran'father or
+gran'mother like yours, there couldn't be none better; but if I had a
+father was such a scallywag as yours, I say a good sight better have
+none. And you ain't a bit like the old folks, neither; you're another
+such a one as your father. _I_ wouldn't own such a one!"
+
+This tirade was interspersed with other expressions more forcible than
+choice, and which are better omitted; and, as may be supposed, it did
+not tend to mend matters. Recrimination followed recrimination; insults
+from one to another went from bad to worse, Theodore being even more of
+an adept in such language than Jim, who had always been considered a
+proficient; and one of the teachers came upon the playground just in
+time to see Jim deal a furious blow at his opponent, who caught sight
+of the master before he had returned it, which he would otherwise
+doubtless have done; and who immediately assumed an air of innocent,
+injured virtue, too lofty-minded and forgiving to return the blow.
+
+As the rules against fighting within school bounds were particularly
+severe, Jim's was a heinous offence. He was sternly called to order and
+reprimanded with severity; and although, in consideration of his being
+a new boy, he was let off with this, he began his school career
+somewhat under a cloud; while Theodore posed as a martyr, and a boy
+with a regard for school discipline,--to his teachers,--but the other
+boys knew better, and with few exceptions espoused Jim's cause, and at
+once pronounced Theodore the "sneak" and "bully" that he was. But that
+was small comfort to Jim, who, on coming home, had to report, as he
+truthfully did, that he had failed to keep his temper on this the very
+first day of his entrance into the school.
+
+Milly consoled and encouraged him as best she might, bidding him to
+take heart and to struggle even harder for the future, and being very
+sparing of blame for his share in the quarrel.
+
+Fate, as short-sighted and with as dull an eye to expediency as uncle
+Rutherford, had decreed not only that the two boys, Jim and Theodore,
+should be in the same school, but, their attainments being of about the
+same range, that they should be put into the same class, an arrangement
+which did not tend to the maintenance of the peace so much to be
+desired.
+
+But, in spite of his unlucky beginning, Jim speedily became a favorite
+in the school, both with masters and schoolmates. His frank, merry
+ways, obliging disposition, ready wit, and quickness at repartee, soon
+gained him a host of friends on the playground; while his evident
+desire to make progress in his studies,--wherein he had a stimulus
+unsuspected by any one but Bill,--his sturdy truthfulness, and general
+obedience to rules and regulations, won him golden opinions from those
+in authority. Ambition, whether for greater or lesser aims, was Jim's
+ruling passion, and now he had so many spurs to urge him on; for, added
+to his own personal aspirations and the determination to prove himself
+a credit to his benefactors, was the overwhelming desire to outstrip
+Theodore, and wrest from him the prize.
+
+Milly noticed, whenever he reported progress to her, that there was a
+certain sort of repressed excitability about him, a wistful nervousness
+very foreign to his assured independence and self-confidence, and he
+several times seemed as if he were going to make some disclosure to
+her; all of which made his young mistress think that he had something
+on his mind which he was half inclined to impart to her, although he
+could not quite resolve to do so. She bided her time, however, being
+sure that it would come sooner or later, and only now and then tried to
+open the way by asking him if he had any thing further to tell her.
+
+But the only result of this would be a shame-faced embarrassment and a
+sheepish denial, followed by an evident desire to cut short the
+interview.
+
+When Jim had been at school about a month, making, according to the
+reports of his teachers, who were closely questioned by uncle
+Rutherford, fair progress with his studies, and showing a self-command
+and control over his temper which had not been expected from him after
+the fiery outburst of the first day, an incident occurred which would
+have afforded him an opportunity for mortifying Theodore, had he not
+been restrained by a motive which was stronger than his antagonism to
+his rival.
+
+The vagaries and peculiarities of Captain Yorke, with his ignorance and
+indifference to city ways and manners, had more than once drawn public
+notice upon him; the episode of Daisy as a peanut-vender, with the old
+sailor as her aider and abetter, being but a trifling circumstance
+compared to some others; and Mrs. Yorke was in constant terror lest he
+should in some way make himself more notorious than would prove
+agreeable.
+
+About this time, a celebrated actor was performing in the city in the
+farce of "Dundreary Married," wherein Lord Dundreary having, as the
+title indicates, taken to himself a wife, falls beneath the tyranny of
+a domineering mother-in-law, to whom he submits till submission becomes
+intolerable, when he turns upon her, asserts himself, and proclaims
+himself master in his own house.
+
+Our boys, Norman and Douglas, having seen the farce in company with the
+rest of the family, and having been greatly amused by it, conceived the
+idea of treating the captain to a sight of the same; and, having
+obtained father's permission to do so, they invited the old man to an
+evening's entertainment.
+
+"Wa'al," he drawled with his usual deliberation when considering any
+matter, "I don' care if I do. When I was a youngster, I was brung up to
+think play-actin' was a sin, an' I'd about as soon a thought of shakin'
+han's with the evil one hisself, as of goin' to the theayter; but
+either I've gotten wiser as I've gotten older, or else maybe the
+play-actin' folks has gotten better behaved; but times is changed
+somehow, an' I seen some play-actin' in the hotel down to the P'int,
+an' they was real ladies an' gentlemen did it, too. I was a peepin' in
+at the winders more'n once; an' the hotel-keepers, Mr. Loydd an' Mr.
+Field, if they didn't come, one one time, an' t'other another, an'
+bring me into the hall an' near to the doors where I could see
+fust-rate. An' I didn't see no harm onto it. The play-actors was very
+pretty behaved, an' I didn't see no breakin' of comman'ments. I never
+could see what folks wanted to purtend they was other folks for, and
+sometimes to go a-talkin' as if they was come out of by-gone days. But
+if you're for takin' me to the theayter, I reckon I won't come to no
+harm by it. Enyhow, I know ye've got to come to city ways when ye're to
+the city; folks kinder look daggers at ye ef ye don't. There's the
+landlady to the house where me and Mis' Yorke puts up; she's the best,
+an allers doin' for Mis' Yorke, an' come an' sit with her an' talk--my
+talk by the hour she will, straight on, like as she'd been woun' up;
+an' she come yesterday, all kin' of fussy like, an' her face red, an'
+she says, says she, 'Captain Yorke,' says she, 'ef ye wouldn't mind me
+askin' a little favor of ye?'"
+
+"'Sartinly not, ma'am,' says I; an' I was reckonin' she was wantin' to
+borrer money. But what do ye s'pose it was, Norman? She goes and she
+says, says she, kinder hesitatin' like yet, 'Would ye mind, capt'in,
+a-eatin' with yer fork, 'stead of yer knife? Miss Jarvis, what sits
+next ye at the table, she's kinder narvous, an' she says it sets her
+teeth on edge, an' she says she can't stan' it; an' she's my best
+payin' boarder, bein' she has the second-story front an' back; an' it
+would obleege me, ef ye don't min'.'
+
+"'Jes' as lief eat off ten forks, ma'am,' says I, 'ef it suits ye an'
+Mis' Jarvis. I been a-noticin' she was kinder pernikity like an' fussy,
+an' kinder offish with me; but if it's the difference of knives or
+forks, the best payin' boarder ain't goin' to be hurt by me.' But,
+boys! I didn't know by a long shot what I was a-promisin'. I tell ye,
+the knife would keep goin' up the nateral way as it was used to; an'
+yesterday I didn't get no kind of a dinner, nor a breakfast this
+mornin', thinkin' of that pesky fork. So to-day I was boun' I'd get my
+dinner; so I cuts it up an' spoon-victuals it, for fear of hurtin' the
+feelin's of the best payin' boarder. City ways is uncommon troublesome,
+when ye ain't let eat the way is most handy. But I don't care if I go
+to the theayter with ye. I never see the inside of one of them places."
+
+"Oh, a real theatre is nothing like the dining-rooms of the hotels,
+where you saw the amateur theatricals," said the posted Norman; "and
+father wouldn't let us go if it were any harm. He said we could take
+you, captain."
+
+"No; an' I reckon the governor wouldn't be for goin' to no place he
+shouldn't go," said the captain reflectively. "An' he was along of you
+t'other night, wasn't he?"
+
+Norman and Douglas, anxious to overcome any scruples the old man might
+have, assured him that uncle Rutherford went quite often to the
+"theayter," and thus quieted any remaining qualms of conscience which
+he might have; for Captain Yorke pinned his faith on uncle Rutherford,
+and all that the governor did was right in his eyes. So the expedition
+to the theatre was arranged to the satisfaction of my brothers, who
+anticipated much amusement in watching the impression the play would
+make upon the unsophisticated old veteran.
+
+But a shock was in store for them which they had not foreseen; for the
+amount of observation which the captain saw fit to draw upon the party
+was almost too much for even their well-seasoned boyish nerves.
+
+For the sake of obtaining an uninterrupted view of the stage, the boys
+had secured seats which the event proved to be too conspicuous for
+their comfort. No sooner were they all seated than the captain began
+with his comments and criticisms, his "them's my opinions," in a manner
+and tone which they vainly strove to moderate. Fortunately they were in
+the main complimentary and approving; and the old seaman's quaint
+appearance, his evidently childlike ignorance and inexperience,
+diverted those of the audience who were within hearing, and led them to
+be indulgent to his rather obtrusive reflections upon men and things.
+
+"Wal," he said, gazing around and above him, up at the lofty frescoed
+ceiling, the sparkling crystal chandelier, the rich curtains, and other
+adornments of the house,--"wal, it does beat all! It goes ahead of any
+meetin'-house I ever see; an', I say, 'tain't fair on the Almighty to
+be makin' a better place for to be pleasurin' in, than what we makes
+for him to be praised in. Yes, sir; an' them's my opinions, an' I
+stands by 'em. What's them folks up in them little cubby-holes fur?"
+pointing to the boxes. "Oh," as Douglas explained, "they's high an'
+mighty, be they? can't set along of the multitude? Wal, every man, an'
+woman too, to her own likin'; I'd as lief be here. Seems kinder
+conspicuous like, settin' up thar, an' whiles I ain't ashamed to show
+my face afore no man, I don't hanker after settin' up to be stared at."
+
+Happily the occupants of the boxes were beyond the reach of his voice,
+or at least of the tenor of his remarks; but the boys were on
+tenterhooks lest their garrulous companion should give offence. But
+from the moment that the curtain went up, and the mimic scene presented
+itself to his gaze, he sat spell-bound and silent, perfectly absorbed
+in the vivid portrayal of the chief character in the drama.
+
+The great actor appeared first in the rôle of a celebrated man of his
+own profession, an actor of bygone days, whose name will always be
+famous; and from the moment that he stepped upon the stage, it was all
+reality to Captain Yorke. There was no "pretendin' he was other folks,"
+to him, as it had been when he had witnessed the amateur theatricals
+and tableaux at the Point; and with a hand upon either knee, he leaned
+eagerly forward, his eyes fixed upon the scene before him, and
+absolutely speechless in his breathless interest. But when the curtain
+came down after the first act, he broke forth again to the edification
+and delight of those within hearing. Ladies listened and smiled at the
+simple-hearted old man; and gentlemen, who were near enough, encouraged
+him to ramble on, evidently considering him a novel species of
+entertainment, second only to that which was passing upon the stage. He
+was a character as good as any there.
+
+Norman, enchanted with the sensation his charge was making, would put
+no check upon him; but the more shrinking Douglas was not so well
+pleased. Still, seeing that no offence was given, but rather the
+contrary, he possessed his soul in patience, devoutly wishing, however,
+that it was time for the close of the performance, which, under these
+circumstances, afforded him no pleasure. And as the captain's
+excitement grew with each succeeding act, and the encouragement of
+those about him, and he grew more and more superior to considerations
+of time and place, Douglas would fain have quitted his seat and the
+theatre; and was only restrained from doing so, because he thought it
+would be mean to leave Norman in the lurch.
+
+At length came the farce "Dundreary Married;" and the captain, who, it
+afterwards appeared, had in former years suffered divers things at the
+hand of an obnoxious mother-in-law, grew more excited than ever, and
+became furiously indignant, not only at the all-assuming lady, but also
+at the supine Dundreary, who allowed himself to be thus imposed upon.
+He grumbled and muttered, and really seemed as if he would make for the
+stage, as he said, "to give the old creetur a piece of his mind." Even
+Norman was now uneasy lest he should make more demonstration than was
+meet, while Douglas did his best to induce both his companions to come
+out; but the captain was immovable, and not to be persuaded. Indeed, he
+scarcely seemed to heed Douglas's arguments, so intent was he on the
+fortunes of the persecuted husband. His delight when that hero showed
+symptoms of some spirit was unbounded; and when at last he roused
+himself altogether from the _laisser aller_ which had suffered so long
+and patiently, and fairly bade the lady leave his house and his wife to
+his own authority and protection, the old man sprang to his feet, and,
+waving his hat in the air, exclaimed in a voice which rang in
+stentorian tones through the house,--
+
+"Pitch into her, my lad! Give it to her! That's right. Pitch into the
+mother-in-law!"
+
+The effect, as may be imagined, was electric. There was a moment's
+pause, then a laugh; then, as Norman and Douglas fairly dragged and
+hustled the captain into his seat, the inimitable actor bowed and waved
+his hand to the old man, who had, as it were, paid such an involuntary
+tribute to his powers; and the next moment a storm of applause broke
+forth, in compliment to both, it would appear,--to the gratified actor,
+who had thrown his spell over the guileless old sailor to such an
+extent as to render him insensible to aught else, and to the innocent
+spectator who had been thus impressed by his matchless impersonations.
+As the performance came to a close, and the audience were leaving the
+house, the captain the centre of all eyes around him, an usher made his
+way to him, bearing a request from the star that he would step behind
+the scenes and shake hands with him.
+
+Nothing loath, the captain readily consented, inviting the boys to go
+with him; but this Douglas, much disturbed by the notoriety of the
+evening, flatly refused, while bold Norman, who had no fear of man
+before his eyes, agreed to accompany him. Indeed, it was not safe to
+lose sight of him; there was no knowing of what vagaries the captain
+might be guilty if he were left entirely to his own devices. Norman
+felt that he was capable of any thing, and that he must keep a secure
+hold upon him. Moreover, the old man was not at all familiar with the
+city streets, and he must be guided safely to his boarding-house.
+
+When they arrived behind the scenes, the great actor shook hands
+heartily with the old seaman, thanking him for the tribute which he had
+paid him. But here the captain's enthusiasm fell flat. Meeting the
+object of his sympathy face to face, and as man to man, and finding
+that the interesting scenes he had just witnessed were but an
+inimitable mimicry, was a great disappointment; and he seemed to feel
+wronged and defrauded in some way.
+
+"There warn't nothin' real about it," he said indignantly and in a hurt
+tone to the boys, as they took their way homeward. "There warn't
+nothin' true at all. There bean't no mother-in-law, nor wife, nor
+nothin'; there warn't even any chap with the long whiskers, for it
+warn't hisself at all, though he said it was--that t'other one shook
+han's with me, and said I'd give him a big compliment. 'Twas all
+purtendin' an' makin' b'lieve. It's a shame an' a sin for to go makin'
+out so life-like ye are what ye ain't, an' takin' folks in so. It's
+kinder cheatin' play, _I_ think; an' Mis' Yorke, she wurn't jes' so
+easy in her min' 'bout me goin' to the theayter, an' I reckon I've come
+to her way of thinkin'; an' thank ye kindly, boys, but there'll be no
+more theayter-goin' fur me. The Scriptur says, 'A fool an' his money is
+soon parted,' an'--meanin' no ungratefulness to you, boys--I've faith
+to b'lieve it; for it's not good manners, neither good deeds, to make
+out that way, an' take folks in. An' them's my opinions, an' I'll stan'
+by 'em!"
+
+The last thing the boys heard, as the door of his temporary home closed
+upon him, was, "No more theayters for me; they're clean agin'
+Scriptur."
+
+This, of course, was great fun for our frolicsome Norman, always ready
+for a joke or a good story; and although Douglas had not taken
+unalloyed pleasure in the events of the evening, he, too, could see the
+droll side of them now that they were over. They were rehearsed with
+great glee at the breakfast-table the next morning; and it occurred to
+me that here, if he chose to use it, was the opportunity for Jim to
+revenge himself for some of the sneers cast upon him by Theodore Yorke.
+I was wicked enough, however, not to suggest the idea to any one else,
+lest a word of warning or counsel should restrain him; and in the
+sequel Jim proved himself far the better Christian of the two, in spite
+of the superior advantages which had always been mine.
+
+This happened to be Friday, when he brought home from school his weekly
+report, which he always took at once to Milly. The record for this week
+proved an unusually favorable one; but he had more to add to this.
+
+"Miss Milly," he said, after she had expressed her pleasure at the
+progress he was making and at his standing in "conduct,"--"Miss Milly,
+I was real forgivin' an' like livin' up to the mark you sot us for
+doin' unto others, in school to-day. But it does come awful hard, when
+you get the chance to pay off a feller, to let it slip; an' I don't
+know as I could have done it if it hadn't been for thinkin' of the old
+captain himself, an' how good he'd been to me, an' that I wouldn't like
+to go back on _him_."
+
+Light flashed upon Milly. The boy had been tempted to make use of the
+occurrences of the preceding evening to revenge himself upon Theodore
+Yorke for his previous slights and insults; and had refrained, chiefly
+from loyalty to his old friend, it is true, but, perhaps, partly
+prompted by the wish to do right.
+
+It had so happened, that two boys in the class had been at the theatre
+also, and had been witnesses of the captain's antics, but without
+knowing who he was, or of his connection with Theodore. In recess they
+told the story, doubtless with more or less of exaggeration, of the old
+countryman who had made himself so conspicuous and--according to their
+showing--so ridiculous at last night's entertainment.
+
+Of course Jim at once recognized the hero of the tale; but not so
+Theodore, his grandfather having, for a wonder, preserved a discreet
+silence on the subject, being totally unaware that he had exhibited
+himself in an unusual way on the occasion. Perhaps the poor captain had
+felt a little mortified that he had been so carried away by that which
+was, after all, "on'y pretendin'," and did not care to rehearse his
+experience.
+
+However that may be, Theodore had heard nothing of it, and laughed and
+jeered with the other boys at the more than graphic relation of his two
+schoolmates.
+
+Strong was the temptation to Jim to expose him, and to draw upon his
+enemy the laugh which must follow; but, to his credit be it said, he
+refrained, except in so far as to give him a knowing look which
+conveyed to that amiable youth the conviction that it was no other than
+his grandfather who was furnishing food for merriment to half the
+school, and that Jim was aware of it and held this rod over him. The
+knowledge that this was so was not calculated to soften Theodore's
+animosity toward Jim. Disposed as he was to raise a laugh or a sneer at
+the expense of another, he could not endure them himself; and to feel
+that he was thus in the power of the boy whom he hated, was intolerable
+to him. From this time, however, it gave him a wholesome awe of Jim,
+and proved a check upon him; and "Jim Grant Garfield Rutherford
+Livingstone Washington" rang less often over the playground, now that
+he ceased to lead in the cry upon the claimant of so many names.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+MATTY.
+
+
+"Amy, what are you pondering?"
+
+"Men and things in general and their iniquities in particular; my own
+not being included, they being nothing worth speaking of," I answered,
+rather evasively, not being disposed at present to make public the
+nature of my cogitations, which really had to do with my own
+shortcomings.
+
+"We will pass over the modesty of the remark," said Bessie Sanford,
+"but we insist upon knowing--do we not, Milly?--the tenor of the
+meditations which have actually kept you quiet for--let me see--I think
+it must be full two minutes by the clock."
+
+"That inquisitive spirit of yours needs repression, Elizabeth," I said:
+"therefore I shall not yield to your demands."
+
+"Then bid farewell to peace," was the rejoinder. And knowing Elizabeth
+Sanford well, I meditated a precipitate flight; but she divined my
+intention, and, seizing upon me, held me prisoner, and made good her
+threat until I succumbed, first freeing my mind of my opinion as to the
+conduct of my captor.
+
+"Never mind. We will leave the results of that case to the future," she
+said; "the present question has only to do with yourself, and the
+unburdening of your secrets. Your inward communings are of such rare
+occurrence, that when you do indulge in them, your friends are entitled
+to benefit by them.--Is it not so, Milly?"
+
+"Reap what benefit you may, then," I answered. "I was thinking how I
+was going to waste."
+
+"H'm'm," said Bessie, releasing her grasp upon my shoulders, and gazing
+with an air of deep meditation out of the window near which we sat.
+"Fred Winston would doubtless feel complimented by that sage
+conclusion; but if you feel so decidedly that you are throwing yourself
+away, it is not yet too late for you to draw back, and----"
+
+"Your remarks are too frivolous to bear the consideration of a
+well-balanced mind, Elizabeth," I interrupted, "and therefore I decline
+to notice them further than to say that you are entirely wide of the
+mark. Perhaps I did not express myself in language as choice as I might
+have used; but what I meant to say was--to quote the copy-books--that
+'opportunities imply obligations,' and that, while my opportunities are
+many, the obligations arising therefrom have _not_ been fulfilled."
+
+I had spoken jokingly, almost mockingly, nevertheless I really meant
+what I said; but any thing like a sober reflection or solemn view of
+life's duties was so new from me, that for a moment my sister and
+friend were struck dumb with astonishment.
+
+Then Bessie gave vent to a smothered groan.
+
+"Listen to the words of wisdom!" she ejaculated. "The depth of her! And
+whence and since when, may I inquire, arises thus suddenly so solemn a
+view of your responsibilities? They are not wont to weigh upon your
+mind."
+
+"That is just it," I said. "I am in earnest, not in joke, whatever you
+may think. It has, rather suddenly I allow, dawned upon me, that I am a
+perfectly useless member of society; or rather, the conviction has been
+forced upon me by the words of Allie, whom I overheard informing Daisy
+that I was very nice and lovely, but the _uselessest_ person in the
+house. Loyal Daisy was indignant, and questioned the justice of the
+remark; but it opened up a field of reflection to me, and I am obliged
+to admit its truth. Since I left school last spring, what have I done
+but amuse myself, and attend readings and lectures, which amounts to
+the same thing, as the motive is purely selfish?"
+
+"You have made 'food for the gods,'" said Bessie demurely.
+
+I turned upon her.
+
+"For that remark you shall have cause to regret that you ever were
+born," I retorted, "and I would not have believed it of you, Bessie.
+But seriously, girls, I am longing for an object in life on which I can
+expend some of the capabilities of which I feel myself possessed."
+
+"I thought you had been supplied with one since the 15th of last
+November," said Bessie, "but----"
+
+"Will you leave that subject out of the question?" I again interrupted.
+"If not, there will be trouble between the houses of Sanford and
+Livingstone."
+
+"Why can't you two be what Daisy calls 'common-sensible,' and tell what
+is at the bottom of all this?" said Milly, joining for the first time
+in the conversation.
+
+"I am sure that I am showing an unusual amount of common-sense," I
+rejoined, "for I have in all seriousness just awakened to a sense of my
+shortcomings towards humanity in general, and am longing for an object
+on which to expend my superfluous energies. You, Milly, have your
+charges, Bill and Jim, whom you have rescued from lives of shame and
+crime, and who are standing monuments of the efficacy of your zeal,
+self-sacrifice, and good sense in their behalf (no, you need not
+courtesy); and Bessie has her old ladies to whom she so religiously
+devotes one afternoon in every week, no matter what temptations assail
+her in other directions, and who simply adore her, and for whom she
+does many a little kind office at divers other times. But who, outside
+of our family, to whose happiness I add, of course, because I am their
+own Amy; and--and Fred; yes, and you, dear Bessie," as a soft little
+reminding hand was laid upon my arm,--"who except these is any the
+better or happier for my existence?"
+
+"Lots of friends and relations, you foolish child," said Bessie, while
+Milly dropped a re-assuring kiss upon my forehead. "What nonsense, Amy!
+I do not know any one who is a more general favorite."
+
+"Well, allowing that it is so," I said, "is it not only because I am
+merry and full of life, and make things a little cheerful around me?
+Point to one thing useful or of real lasting benefit that I have ever
+done, and I will thank you. I have loved Aunt Emily's hospital cottage
+by the sea, for her sake and for dear little Amy's, and have worked a
+little for that; but it has been a real pleasure and enjoyment to me,
+and has never involved one moment's self-sacrifice."
+
+Modesty will not allow me to put down here all that Milly and Bessie in
+their partial affection said to persuade me that I was not altogether a
+useless member of society at large. Delightful as it was to hear, it
+did not succeed in quieting my newly awakened conscience or sense of
+responsibility; and perhaps Milly on her part did not intend that it
+should do so.
+
+"She evidently must be furnished with an _object_," said Bessie;
+"nothing else will satisfy her; and as she seems to have something of
+the feeling of the monks and nuns of old, that the more disagreeable
+the duty the greater the credit, let us satisfy her by finding her a
+most unpleasant one. Oh, charming! I have thought of just the
+thing.--Why not adopt as your particular charge, Amy, that most
+unattractive young cripple, Matty Blair? She will probably satisfy all
+your longings for self-sacrifice, in a way which can leave nothing to
+be desired."
+
+"The very thing," I answered, delighted to have found so soon an
+"object" on which to expend the benevolent yearnings with which I had
+been seized,--not so suddenly as Milly and Bessie believed; for, for
+some time past, I had had a secret and rather unwelcome consciousness
+that I was not doing my share toward mitigating the general load of
+human misery and ignorance,--a consciousness which Allie's words had
+only quickened into more active life. "But, girls, I assure you that I
+am not at all moved by the ascetic notion of taking up the most
+disagreeable work I can find, as a penance for former shortcomings. I
+wish from my heart that Matty Blair was pretty and straight and sweet,
+a typical little story-book pauper, whom it would be a pleasure to
+befriend, and who would respond amicably to my advances. Matty, from
+what I know of her, will be far from being all that; nevertheless I
+shall take her up, and see what can be done for her."
+
+"Consult mother first, dear," said Milly. "She may see objections: they
+say that Matty's parents are dreadful people, and they may choose to
+make trouble for you. There are cases, you know, where people expect
+you to _pay_ for being allowed to confer benefits upon them."
+
+"I wish that we could remove the child, or both the children, entirely
+from the father and mother," I said.
+
+"They will never allow that while the poor little things continue to be
+profitable to them," said Milly.
+
+"You have taken up something of a task, truly," said Bessie. "First you
+will have those wretched parents to win over, and then that
+unattractive little creature. And, Amy, although I would not wish to
+throw cold water upon your enthusiasm, I feel sure that your father and
+mother will never let you go to such a place as the home of the child
+must be. Milly's mission came to her, as it were, heaven-sent, it seems
+to me," she added in a reverent tone; "but you must seek this out to do
+Matty any good, and face those dreadful relations of hers. Your father
+and mother will never listen to it, and they will be right. Do not try
+to run a tilt against windmills, dear."
+
+"No, neither will I make mountains out of mole-hills," I answered
+lightly, although I did feel the force, yes, and the truth too, of
+Bessie's reasoning, and had my own doubts; "and certainly I shall not
+have more unpromising material to deal with than Milly had when she
+undertook to bring up her charges in the way they should go. Moreover,
+I shall not attempt to beard the lions in their den; but I suppose I
+have to win my way into Matty's affections or confidence, or whatever
+it may be that proves assailable, and if I find any way to help her, I
+shall ask cousin Serena to go into partnership with me. She will be
+protection enough anywhere, for no one could think of troubling or
+annoying her in any way."
+
+"Well, I'm not so sure of that, either," said Bessie; "but I'm not
+going to discourage you further, and time will show. But how do you
+mean to set to work, Amy?"
+
+"I do not know yet; how can I?" I answered. "I have only just thought
+of this, and of course I have not had time to make any plans or to
+think of what I shall do. I shall firstly go this very afternoon to
+cousin Serena; and if she thinks me, as she doubtless will, a prodigy
+of benevolence, self-sacrifice, and generosity, and agrees to all I ask
+of her, I shall attack father and mother to-night. I mean to act while
+the frenzy is on me, lest my ardor cool, and I see the many lions in
+the way which you bad girls are trying to conjure up."
+
+Knowing myself in this respect pretty well, I was really afraid that if
+I gave myself too much time for consideration of my new scheme, I might
+become appalled by the difficulty and disagreeableness which were
+prophesied; and I was determined to place myself in a position
+where--unless a higher authority interfered--I could not in pride or
+conscience draw back.
+
+Milly had taken almost no part in the little discussion between Bessie
+and me, generally speaking only when she was appealed to; and I knew by
+this that she did not altogether approve. But I was a little
+self-willed, a state of mind not altogether of rare occurrence with me,
+I am afraid; and I chose to ignore the disapprobation which was implied
+by this silence, and asked her no questions.
+
+And now for cousin Serena, to whom I bent my steps at once, accompanied
+by Bessie, who volunteered to go with me; though, to tell the truth, I
+could have dispensed with her society for this occasion, being afraid
+of the discouraging objections and criticisms she might raise. But she
+ventured none; on the contrary, she seemed rather inclined to aid and
+abet me when I broached the subject to cousin Serena, in whom I was not
+disappointed. She proved herself--the blessed soul--the most willing
+co-adjutor, even more so than I desired; for, running to a closet where
+she kept a bountiful provision of such articles, she began to bring
+forth flannel, calico, and stout muslin suitable to make clothes for
+poor people; whereupon my spirit shrank appalled, for, if there was one
+occupation which I hated more than another, it was plain sewing,
+especially upon coarse material.
+
+"O cousin Serena!" I said, "I am not going to sew and make clothes for
+Matty. It is so much easier and more convenient to buy them
+ready-made."
+
+This speech, I was sorry to see, damped cousin Serena's ardor; for this
+working by proxy, as it were, did not at all coincide with her
+old-fashioned notions; and "ready-made garments" were to her a delusion
+and a snare, giving opportunity to Satan to find mischief for idle
+hands to do. I hated to disappoint her when she was so enthusiastically
+preparing to cut put work for both Bessie and me; but I hated still
+more to sew, and held my ground, being borne out by Bessie, who was not
+any more partial to such work than I was. Cousin Serena shook her head,
+and sighed over the degeneracy of the age which could content itself
+with other than such exquisite "hand-sewing" as she did herself.
+
+Having gained my point, and made her promise all that I wished, I
+insisted that she should go home with us to dinner, taking the little
+bower of Dutch Johnny, the florist, by the way for a glimpse of Matty.
+Cousin Serena had never seen her; but I was not afraid to have her do
+so, unpromising object for one's charitable sympathies though she
+certainly was, for, the more helpless and repulsive-looking, the more
+would cousin Serena's tender heart warm toward her.
+
+Our errand to Johnny's was nominally to purchase flowers, and, of
+course, we did invest therein, and came out bearing some of his
+choicest blossoms; but cousin Serena made use of the opportunity to
+take a close observation of Matty as she sat at her little peanut-stand
+in the corner, sullen and lowering, the picture of discontent and
+misery, as usual.
+
+But cousin Serena did more than this; for, with the tact which she
+always showed in dealing with people of this class, she succeeded in
+arousing a slight feeling of interest in the sullen, disagreeable
+little cripple.
+
+The one gift which had been granted to Matty was a profusion of
+beautiful hair, which, however, was never seen to perfection, as it was
+always braided tightly and wound in a close coil about her head, giving
+to the wizened, shrunken face an even older look than was natural to
+it. If she had any pride in any thing, it must have been in this
+hair,--indeed, she had little else to be proud of,--for it was always
+fairly tidy. Johnny, it seemed, always exacted a certain amount of
+cleanliness and decency as the price of her admission into his shop;
+not, perhaps, that he had any inherent love for this virtue, as such,
+or that his own comfort and happiness depended upon them, but because
+he feared that his trade might be injured if his customers found there
+such a dirty, ragged little object as Matty had formerly been. Clean
+hands and faces, well-brushed hair, and as much patching of ragged
+clothes as the neglected, worse than motherless creatures could
+compass, were required from Matty and Tony. His good-natured wife
+sometimes befriended them in this way, and put in a few stitches for
+them; the result being profitable in more ways than one. It was she,
+and not the miserable, intemperate mother, who plaited Matty's glossy
+locks in the heavy braid which she then wound round her head.
+
+Cousin Serena went up to the peanut-stand, invested in Matty's wares,
+the child serving her in the dull, mechanical way usual with her, and
+smiled kindly down at her, eliciting, however, no response.
+
+"What pretty hair you have, Matty!" was Miss Craven's next advance;
+and, as she spoke, she lightly touched with her gloved finger the
+shining coil which many a society belle might have envied.
+
+A gleam lighted up the dull, heavy eyes, and Matty raised them to the
+dear old lady's face.
+
+"It is almost a pity to wear it so closely bound up," continued cousin
+Serena; while Bessie and I, apparently making an inspection of Johnny's
+stock while he was engaged with another customer, lent attentive ears
+to what passed, I feeling rather that my intended mission work had been
+taken up by other hands; "it would show so nicely if you wore it loose
+and flowing as most little girls do now. I would like to see it when it
+is down."
+
+With a motion marvellously quick in one so crippled, the child raised
+her hands, unbound the coil from about her head, and drawing her
+fingers through the plait, let the rippling, waving masses fall flowing
+over her poor, twisted, mis-shapen shoulders.
+
+"Amy and Bessie," said cousin Serena, pursuing her advantage of playing
+upon the only vanity in poor Matty's nature, "Amy and Bessie, come here
+and see what beautiful hair this child has. It is a good deal like
+yours, Amy, both in color and quantity."
+
+With another sudden motion, Matty drew the shining waves in front of
+her, glanced at them lovingly, and then raising her eyes to me with the
+first appearance of any thing like interest in them which I had ever
+seen, scanned my locks, and said with something of malicious triumph in
+her tone and look,--
+
+"It's prettier nor her'n."
+
+"So it is, Matty," I said, ignoring what Daisy would have called the
+"discompliment" to myself, and determined to strike while the iron was
+hot, or at least approaching an unusual degree of warmth,--"so it is;
+you have the very prettiest hair I ever saw."
+
+Matty did not smile,--I never but once saw the light of a smile on her
+face,--but she gave a low chuckle. Evidently we had touched a chord
+that would respond; an ignoble one it might be, but it was something to
+have gained even this.
+
+Having dismissed his customer, Johnny now came to the front.
+
+"'Tis goot," he said, pointing to the beautiful locks; "'tis goot. Mine
+wife she say 'tis pest cut off dat head; bud Maddy she so moosh lofe
+dat head, an' 'tis so goot, I say, leaf her keep her head. So mine
+wife, she say, 'yes, 'tis too pad to cut dat nice head,' an' she leafs
+it on her, an' mine wife she comb an' prush it for Maddy. But I tells
+Maddy she shall sell dat head for so moosh as fife tollars if she
+schuse."
+
+"Don't ye be after tellin' me mother that," said Matty, with a sudden
+look of angry alarm, which was really pathetic, as one gathered from it
+that the child felt she would no longer be allowed to keep her one
+cherished possession, if any idea of its pecuniary value were suggested
+to her mother.
+
+"Nein, nein," answered Johnny, shaking his head and speaking with
+emphasis, as if to say that this was a secret he would carefully guard
+from the unnatural parent. "Nein, nein," he repeated. "If I tells dat
+mutter any tings, 'tis as dat head is so pad as is not vort notings."
+
+"But you would not say what is not true, even to save Matty's hair,
+would you?" said Miss Craven, unable to allow this more than doubtful
+morality to pass.
+
+Again Johnny wagged his head, this time as one quite convinced that he
+was in the right, and answered: "If I tells shust one nice, leetle pit
+of a lie" (Johnny did not mince matters, even to his own conscience),
+"'tis for to keep away a great pig wrong; for if I tells dat mutter de
+shild's head is vort so moosh, she put dat head in de scissors de negst
+minit."
+
+The kindly old Dutchman was plainly convinced that the end justified
+the means, and cousin Serena felt that any further discussion of the
+question was useless, and that it would not tend to improve Matty's
+moral views or those of her brother Tony, who had just come in, as both
+were sure to side with their friend and benefactor.
+
+"We will hope that no one will ever touch Matty's pretty hair," she
+said; and I, seized with a sudden inspiration, and still appealing to
+Matty's vanity, said,--
+
+"I would like to see Matty's hair flowing over a dark-blue dress. How
+it would set it off! Would you like a blue dress, Matty? Your hair will
+look so pretty over it if you wear it down."
+
+Matty looked rather askance at me. She evidently regarded me as a rival
+in the matter of hair, and was not inclined to accept any advances on
+my part; but friendly, jolly little Tony answered for her; while she
+hesitated, evidently meditating some ungracious answer.
+
+"Oh, wouldn't she though, miss! I guess she would like it, an' her hair
+would look awful pooty on it, an' when we goes to the Sunday-school
+festival,--when it's Easter, ye know,--Matty'll wear the blue dress,
+an' her hair down on it, an' she'll look as good as any of the girls
+there, an' better, 'cause there isn't one of 'em has hair like
+Matty's.--An' I'll tell ye, Matty, if the lady,--she's one of Jim's
+young ladies,--if she gives ye the blue dress, we'll keep it to Mrs.
+Petersen's if she'll let us, so ma can't get it for the drink.--Are ye
+goin' to give it to her, miss?"
+
+"Indeed I am," I answered to the eager question. "Come now, Matty,
+stand up, and we'll measure you for the dress. Perhaps I can find one
+ready-made, and you shall have it to-morrow.--Johnny, can you lend me a
+yard-measure?"
+
+Johnny produced one; and Matty, still half doubtful whether or no to be
+gracious, and eying me with a gaze which had some lingering viciousness
+in it, rose half reluctantly to her feet. Standing so, her deformity
+was even more visible than it was when she was seated; and it took all
+my nerve and power of will to take the measure of the mis-shapen
+shoulders without shrinking from the touch. And then I saw the
+improbability, I might say the impossibility, of finding in any
+ready-made-clothing store, a dress which would fit the twisted form.
+One must be made on purpose; one which would set at defiance all rules
+of symmetry; and how to have it completed to-morrow, even late in the
+day to-morrow? Where should I go to have such an order filled by the
+time I desired it? And I believed from what I had seen of Matty that
+the non-fulfilment or postponement of my hasty, ill-considered promise
+would be enough to excite all her enmity again. However, I said nothing
+until we were out of the little shop, when I exclaimed at my own want
+of fore-thought, and asked where I could go to have my order fulfilled
+without delay.
+
+"You can't do it," said Bessie. "Even at the stores where they profess
+to furnish costumes at twenty-four hours' notice, they would not agree
+to give you, in so short a time, a dress for which they can use no
+ordinary pattern. Amy,"--with what seemed to be a most irrelevant
+change of subject,--"is any one coming to your house to dinner
+to-night?"
+
+"Cousin Serena, and yourself if you will," I answered.
+
+"Yes, I intended to suggest that you should invite me," answered
+Bessie, "and, had you proved obdurate, should have appealed to Milly or
+your mother. Well, there will be four of us: yourself, cousin Serena,
+Milly, and myself; and we will press the mother and Mrs. Rutherford
+into the service. Let us go to Arnold's, buy some suitable
+material,--and we all know what cousin Serena is with scissors and
+thimble,--coax her to cut out a dress for Matty, and we will all devote
+the evening, perhaps the whole night, to it. By our united exertions, I
+think that we can surely accomplish it in time for you to take it to
+her to-morrow, and your credit will be saved."
+
+"If we were not in the street, I should fall upon you with kisses and
+tears of gratitude," I answered ecstatically; "as it is, consider
+yourself embraced.--Cousin Serena, will you help us?"
+
+There was no question of that: cousin Serena was only too glad to give
+us her services; and although, as I have said, she needed to be guided
+and tyrannized over in the matter of style and fashion where her own
+dress was concerned, she was an expert in fashioning garments for the
+poor.
+
+Bessie's idea was acted upon forthwith. We took our way down to
+Arnold's, purchased the necessary material, and, lest it should not be
+sent home in time, bid pride hide its head, and carried the parcels
+ourselves.
+
+Jim beamed upon us when he gathered, from the conversation around the
+dinner-table, to what the evening was to be devoted, and became quite
+an overpowering nuisance with his pressing attentions to the young
+ladies.
+
+The dress was so nearly completed that night that Milly and I had but
+little difficulty in finishing it for the next afternoon.
+
+Father and mother gave consent to my pursuing my benevolent intentions
+with regard to Matty, so far as I could do it without venturing into
+the abode of her wretched parents, but positively forbade my going
+there even under the guidance and protection of cousin Serena. Indeed,
+the fear of them which Tony and Matty showed augured little good or
+encouragement for those who would benefit these children, unless some
+profit therefrom, was to accrue to the elder Blairs themselves.
+
+The dress was ready in good time, and supplemented by the addition of a
+warm sack of the same color from mother and a little cloth cap from
+aunt Emily. A hood had been in the thoughts of the latter, as warmer
+and more suitable; but I had begged for the cap as affording better
+opportunity for the display of Matty's hair. "Poor little object!" I
+pleaded: "why not allow her the gratification of this small vanity?"
+and aunt Emily yielded, as she was sure to do when any one's small
+whims and fancies were to be satisfied.
+
+Maria made the garments into a neat parcel for me; and I, thinking to
+give Jim a pleasure, summoned him on his return from school to be the
+bearer thereof, and to accompany me to Johnny's. That Jim was pleased,
+was an assured fact; and his tongue wagged incessantly though
+respectfully all the way until we arrived at our destination. Then
+while I opened the parcel, and presented Matty with the dress and other
+articles, he stood by in delighted contemplation, looking from me to
+Matty as if he would say to her, "This is my young mistress;" to me,
+"This is my _protégée_."
+
+As for Matty, she appeared, so far as she showed any feeling at all, to
+consider that the gifts were altogether due to him; and she vouchsafed
+no word of thanks to me. Not that I cared for expressions of gratitude;
+but I felt a little hopeless as I saw how entirely I had failed to make
+any impression on her.
+
+Tony, however, who was present again, was profuse in his thanks, and
+really seemed to feel all that he said.
+
+The shining hair fell like a shielding veil over Matty's deformity
+again to-day; and after this it became her practice to wear it so when
+she was away from home. There she wore it tightly bound up, and kept it
+as much out of sight as possible; fearing, poor little creature, that
+she might be bereft of it, should any idea of its pecuniary value enter
+her mother's mind.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+A COLD BATH.
+
+
+"Well, Jim," I said, as I returned home in the fast-gathering twilight,
+with my escort trotting beside me, "how are you getting on now at
+school? I have not heard lately."
+
+"I'm havin' an awful hard time just now, Miss Amy," he answered, coming
+nearer,--"an awful hard time."
+
+"How is that?" I asked. "Are they pressing you too much? Have they
+given you too many lessons, or are those you had before becoming
+harder?"
+
+"Neither, miss," he answered. "'Tain't the lessons; I don't mind them.
+Lessons ain't nothin'--I mean lessons ain't anything"--Jim was growing
+more choice in language, and taking infinite pains with his parts of
+speech--"when a feller has such good help as Miss Milly or Mr. Edward.
+If they're too hard for me, one of 'em always helps me an' makes 'em
+plain, an' I keep along good enough in the classes. But it's the
+keepin' cool, an' not flyin' out when I get provoked, 'specially with
+that Theodore Yorke. Miss Amy, you never saw the like of him. He's just
+the meanest chap ever breathed; and the way he finds out things you
+don't want him to know, an' keeps bringin' 'em up an' naggin' about
+'em, is the worst."
+
+"All the more credit to you, then, Jim, if you keep your temper under
+such provocation," I answered soothingly, "and you show yourself by far
+the better man of the two. You know the Bible says, 'Greater is he that
+ruleth his spirit than he that taketh a city.'"
+
+"Well, Miss Amy," he said, "I guess it ain't no such rememberin' nor
+Bible texes that keeps me cool. It's lots of other things. First, I do
+want awful bad to do credit to Miss Milly; then I don't want to fight
+Theodore, nor have a real sharp fallin' out, on account of the captain
+an' Mrs. Yorke; then I'm thinkin', if I don't learn to hold my temper
+now, how will it be if I come to be President of these States? I s'pose
+there's lots of things that'll be provokin', an' hard to stand, when
+you're President; and if Congress don't want to mind you right spang
+off when you tell 'em to do a thing, an' goes to foolin' round about
+it, I s'pose it don't do to be flyin' out, 'cause then folks would
+think you wasn't fit to be President. Besides, when one's mad he can't
+think about the best way to do things, an' I might make foolish laws
+they wouldn't like. But most of all it will be a great deal better way
+to get even with Theodore if I come out first with Mr.----"
+
+Here he suddenly checked himself, and even in the dim twilight I could
+see the color mounting to the roots of his carroty hair. He had
+evidently been on the verge of some disclosure which he would have
+regretted, and no questions succeeded in drawing forth any thing
+further from him.
+
+He had been sufficiently candid, however, in admitting that he was not
+influenced, in the struggle with himself, by any abstract notions of
+right and wrong, or by any special desire to please a higher power. But
+that he had some motive still undeclared, and of greater weight with
+him than any of those he had mentioned, I was convinced; and why should
+he wish to keep it back?
+
+However, my cogitations on the subject, and Jim's confidences, were now
+cut short by the appearance at the corner, of another escort, who took
+charge of me at once with a very decided remonstrance against my
+remaining out till this hour "with only the protection of that boy."
+
+This was a slight which would have wounded Jim to the quick had he
+heard it, which he fortunately did not, as it was spoken in an
+undertone; and he was evidently pleased to be freed from an attendance
+which had become embarrassing to him by his own indiscretion.
+
+"What do you suppose he could have meant?" I asked of Milly that night,
+after I had rehearsed to her, in the privacy of our own room, my
+conversation with Jim.
+
+"I am sure I do not know," said my sister. "If it were possible, I
+should think he meant uncle Rutherford's prize; but as he does not and
+can not know of that, of course it cannot be. And while we must all
+wish that he were acting from a higher motive than any of these, still
+it is a great point gained, that he is so learning to control himself;
+the habit will be formed, and he will learn to be his own master. But I
+fear that Theodore Yorke is not a truthful or upright boy. Even our own
+boys, who see so little of him, call him a sneak; and although he has a
+bold, self-assertive manner, it has none of Jim's frankness. Oh, uncle
+Rutherford, I wish that you could have seen things differently!"
+
+But as uncle Rutherford had not only seen things in his own light, but
+had acted thereon, there was nothing for us to do beyond giving Jim
+what help we could. There was little, however, a lady could do to help
+a boy in a public school in his struggle with adverse circumstances,
+save by advice and encouragement; and Milly did not fail him in these.
+
+Taking a hint from what I had seen of Jim's influence over Matty, I now
+based my plans for her benefit and regeneration upon that, in addition
+to the play upon her vanity by means of that wonderful and much-prized
+hair. Jim, too, I knew would paint me and all my doings in glowing
+colors, making much of any little kindness I might do for her.
+
+The blue dress and other decent clothes were kept at kind Mrs.
+Petersen's "for fear of the drink," and Matty donned them there when
+she found occasion to wear them; and this led me to carry out the idea
+of rescuing the children, Matty and Tony, entirely from the intemperate
+wretches who dishonored the names of father and mother, and placing
+them under the care of Mrs. Petersen. So long as the two little
+cripples brought home such portion of their weekly earnings as Jim had
+agreed should be allowed to Blair and his wife, the latter cared little
+where or how the neglected children spent their time, especially as
+they were now provided with their dinner as a part of the price of
+their services at the peanut-stand.
+
+The disapprobation in Milly's manner, which I had noticed and wondered
+at, when my new enterprise was under consideration, had altogether
+vanished after that first afternoon; and she had not only helped with
+all her might in the making of the blue dress, but she had ever since
+been interested and full of thoughtful suggestion.
+
+"Milly," I said to her one day soon after, "why did you seem so
+unwilling to have me undertake to care for that little cripple? You
+surely had formed a precedent for such things in our family. I never
+could understand your objections; for, that you had objections, I could
+not help seeing."
+
+Milly laughed.
+
+"I find that such objections as I entertained were not well founded,"
+she answered.
+
+"Perhaps so, but that does not tell me what they were," I insisted.
+
+"Well," she said, "I was a little afraid that Jim might feel that you
+were trespassing on his preserves; and your field for charity is so
+large, and his so small, that I did not wish him to imagine that he was
+interfered with."
+
+"Well, that is disposed of, for he is delighted with my co-operation,"
+I said. "Now, what else was it?"
+
+Milly was reluctant to say; but I persisted, and at last she
+answered,--
+
+"I feared that it was only--that you would soon tire of it, Amy, and
+that the experiment would then prove good neither for you nor for
+Matty; but in that too I hope I was wrong."
+
+After events left no room to prove whether or no I should have been
+long steadfast to my purpose of caring for poor Matty; that was taken
+out of my hands.
+
+Jim's report from school had been one of unbroken credit for weeks
+now,--in conduct, that is; and to those who knew the boy's fiery,
+impulsive, and, until he fell under Milly's care, untrained, nature,
+the record was a remarkable one. In his classes, he was doing fairly
+well, and making progress of which he had no need to be ashamed, but
+his lessons were by no means always perfect; and, happily, it was not
+so much to them that we looked, as the chief means for his gaining
+uncle Rutherford's prize, for Theodore's standing in this respect was
+generally a better one than his own.
+
+I had noticed, and Milly at length came to do so, that if the record
+was an unusually good one, and he received an extra amount of praise,
+he still always appeared sheepish and ill at ease, and as though he had
+something on his mind which he was half-inclined to make known. But he
+never came to the point of doing so, and Milly had ceased to ask him.
+
+We were kept pretty well informed, too, of the progress and standing of
+Theodore Yorke; partly by uncle Rutherford's interest in the matter and
+the inquiries he made of the teachers every week, and also by the
+captain's pride in his grandson, whom he considered a prodigy of
+learning. The boy was certainly bright and clever, as was Jim; and the
+two kept fairly even in their record, both for lessons and conduct.
+
+But while Jim continued to grow in popularity with both teachers and
+scholars, it was not so with Theodore, and there was a strong prejudice
+against him, especially among the boys. There seemed to be no
+particular cause of offence or instance of wrong-doing to be brought
+against him, but there it was; and neither masters nor schoolmates
+seemed to place any confidence in him.
+
+As far as trade went, Jim was certainly making a good thing out of the
+school; for, owing to his persuasions, to say nothing of that leaning
+toward peanuts which is a marked feature of every boyish mind, the
+calls at Matty's stand on the way to and from the school were very
+frequent; and while pennies and nickels flowed in upon the small
+vender, peanut-shells were scattered all over the building and
+playground, until at last they called forth a remonstrance from the
+janitor. Finding this of no avail, he threatened an appeal to the
+higher authorities; but, as he was a good-natured old soul, he
+hesitated to draw reproof upon the boys, when about this time an
+incident occurred which made complaint unnecessary, as peanuts became
+prohibited altogether within school bounds.
+
+"Jim," said a boy, coming to him one morning before the school-bell
+rang, "do you see the lot of peanuts Theodore Yorke has?"
+
+"I don't pay much heed to Theodore Yorke or his havin's," answered Jim
+scornfully. "It's no odds to me if he has bushels of peanuts or nary a
+one."
+
+"But maybe it is odds to you," answered the other boy. "I ain't a
+telltale; but Theodore Yorke's always buyin' peanuts off of your stand,
+an' you can bet he comes away from that stand with a lot more peanuts
+for two cents or five cents than any one of the rest of us does."
+
+Jim turned sharply upon him.
+
+"You don't mean Matty gives him over measure, Rob?" he said.
+
+"She don't _give_ him over measure, but he gets over measure," replied
+Rob; "an' I tell you 'cause I think it's a shame to be cheatin' you an'
+the girl."
+
+"What is it, then? Out with it!" exclaimed Jim. "I can see how she can
+cheat him givin' him short measure if she likes, but I can't see how he
+can cheat her gettin' _over_ measure."
+
+"S'pose when she's measurin' out what he's asked for, he puts his hand
+into the big basket on her other side, maybe more than once, too;
+how'll that do for helping himself to long measure, hey?" said Robert.
+
+"How do you know?" asked Jim, trying to control his rising fury until
+he had all the facts.
+
+"I've seen him do it more than once, an' more than twice," replied Rob.
+"You know we live in the same house, and mostly come on to school
+together, an' both him an' me is apt to stop for peanuts. And the first
+time I saw him do that, taking out a handful extra for himself, was one
+morning when I hadn't any money to buy; but he stopped in, and I staid
+out, 'cause it was too kind of tantalizing to go in and smell 'em all
+freshly roasted, and not get any; and I was looking in between the
+posies and plants in the shop, and when Matty was filling up her
+measure for him--only the two-center one--I saw him do that mean trick;
+on a girl, too, and she a hunchback! He slipped his hand into the
+basket, and carried it full to his dinner-basket. So after that I
+watched, whether I went in or staid out; and he never lets a time go by
+that he don't hook a handful, maybe two, if he gets the chance. You
+see, that girl's got such a lot of thick hair hanging round her, it's
+most like a thick veil, and would keep her from seeing what goes on
+behind or by the side of her. I tell you, Jim, I guess with one time
+and another he must have bagged two or three quarts of peanuts off of
+you and the hunchback, and I couldn't let it go on any longer. This
+very morning he bought two cents worth, and hooked as much as five."
+
+Jim's indignation had grown higher and fiercer with every succeeding
+word of this story; and, unfortunately, at this moment Theodore came
+around a corner of the school-building upon the playground, and, as a
+combination of ill luck would have it, he was eating peanuts, which he
+extracted from a pocket whose bulging proportions showed that the stock
+from which he was drawing was a large one.
+
+The sight inflamed Jim's passion beyond all bounds; and he immediately
+advanced upon Theodore in a manner and with a look which left no doubt
+as to his purpose. The culprit dodged the first blow aimed at him; but
+in another instant Jim's hand was upon his collar, while, with language
+which was neither choice nor mild, he struck him several times, and
+would have continued the blows had he not in his turn been seized upon
+by one of the masters, who had seen the whole thing, to whom it
+appeared to be the most unprovoked attack.
+
+Jim's fury had so passed beyond restraint, that for a moment neither
+the sight of the teacher nor his stern voice calling him to order had
+the effect of bringing him to his senses; and he even turned upon the
+gentleman himself, probably believing for the moment that it was one of
+the other boys. His crestfallen, mortified look when he was recalled to
+himself did not help him in the estimation of the teacher, who took it
+as a sign of guilt; while Theodore, once freed from his assailant,
+stood by as the martyr and peaceable boy who would not strike a blow,
+even in self-defence. Rob, meanwhile, frightened by the consequences of
+his disclosures to Jim, slunk off without waiting to bear testimony to
+the provocation which Jim believed himself to have received.
+
+Jim was "reported," of course, and punished; and the knowledge that
+this must come to the ears of Miss Milly and Mr. Rutherford did not
+tend to soothe his anger, nor did he feel that his desire for vengeance
+was yet satisfied. As he had been deprived of his recess, however, he
+had no immediate opportunity of gratifying it; and when school was
+over, the principal, who was a just though strict man, and who was
+particularly interested in uncle Rutherford's scheme and the two rivals
+for his prize, called both Jim and Theodore before him, and inquired
+into the cause of the disturbance.
+
+Now, Theodore was perfectly well aware of this, for Jim had not failed
+to make use of his tongue as well as his fists, and he knew that in
+some way his petty and oft-repeated thefts had come to light; but he
+was not going to confess his own iniquities, and Jim was what Rob
+Stevens, with less reason, had asserted himself to be,--"no telltale."
+
+He rather sulkily replied, to the questions of the principal, that
+"Theodore knew, and could tell if he liked;" but Theodore doggedly
+declared that he had given and knew of no cause of offence, and that
+the attack had been entirely without reason.
+
+As Jim could not be persuaded to bring any accusation other than the
+scornful, ferocious looks with which he regarded Theodore; while
+Theodore himself was evidently uneasy and fearful lest his antagonist
+should speak the truth,--Mr. Rollins was convinced that the latter was
+really, in some way, to blame. But of course he could not punish him
+without reason; while Jim had been caught red-handed, and must, at
+least, be reprimanded and warned. The gentleman told him that he
+forfeited his recess for a week, and that, if he trespassed again in
+this manner, he would be degraded to a lower class.
+
+Jim received his sentence in silence; but when Mr. Rollins spoke of the
+penalty to follow future offending, his ruddy face blanched. _That_
+meant not only disgrace in the school, but, what was far worse to him,
+before Miss Milly and Mr. Rutherford, and the lessening of his "chance"
+with the latter, and Theodore's preferment above him.
+
+As the boys were dismissed from the tribunal of justice, and turned
+away, Mr. Rollins caught a glance of gratified malice which Theodore
+cast at the other boy; and he was more than ever persuaded that there
+was something behind all this, and that Theodore was, perhaps, the one
+who was the most to blame.
+
+They had reached the door, when Jim turned, and, coming back to the
+desk of the principal, said in a low tone, "Thank you, sir, for not
+puttin' any thing more on me than the recess. I don't mind that so
+much, an' I'll try hard not to break rules again; but _you_ can't tell
+how hard it is not to get mad when the mad lies so near the top, an'
+you're gettin'"--"cheated" would have been the next word, but Jim
+checked himself ere it was spoken.
+
+"Do I not, my boy?" answered the gentleman: then seeing that Theodore
+was lingering at the door as if anxious to hear what passed, he said to
+him, with something of sternness in his voice, born of the doubt as to
+which of the two boys was the greater culprit, "Go on, sir, you have no
+need to wait;" adding to himself, "That boy has a guilty conscience."
+Then, when Theodore had closed the door behind him, he turned again to
+Jim, and continued, "You are mistaken, Jim, if you think I do not know
+what it is to struggle with a quick temper."
+
+"You, sir?" said Jim.
+
+"Yes, I," answered Mr. Rollins; and then he followed with the story of
+his own struggles with a passionate temper, and the final victory over
+himself, with much good advice and encouragement to Jim. Encouraged the
+boy certainly did feel, as he left the presence of the master,
+fortified with new resolutions for the future.
+
+But master Theodore was not to escape without his share of punishment.
+
+As his own ill luck would have it,--perhaps it would be better to say,
+as a righteous retribution would have it,--as he was on his way home
+from school, and was crossing the park on which our house fronted, he
+fell in with three or four of his classmates, among them Rob Stevens,
+the witness of his thefts.
+
+"What have you done with Jim?" asked one of the boys.
+
+"He's getting it from the commander-in-chief," said Theodore
+exultantly. "He's lost his recess for a week, and is to be put down to
+class four if he gets into another of his rages, as he's sure to do;
+and now he's taking no end of a blowing-up. The commander sent me out
+so I wouldn't hear it. Good enough for him. I hope he'll get it hot and
+heavy."
+
+"What did _you_ get?" asked Rob.
+
+"What did I get? Nothing; why should I?" responded Theodore, who had
+not the slightest idea of the way by which Jim had learned of his
+thefts, or that here was his accuser.
+
+"Didn't you tell why Jim pitched into you when you saw he was gettin'
+held up for it?" asked Rob.
+
+"No!" roared Theodore, partly in fear, partly in anger, for he now
+could not fail to see that Rob knew _something_, but how much he could
+not tell. "I hadn't any thing to tell, and hadn't done any thing to
+Jim,--to his high-mightiness Jim Grant Garfield Rutherford Livingstone
+Washington, the fellow with a whole dictionary-full of names, and not a
+right to one of them but the Jim. I just wish he would get into a dozen
+tantrums, till he gets expelled from the school."
+
+"Nothin' mean about you, is there?" said one of the other boys
+indignantly, although he was still ignorant of the cause of Jim's
+provocation.
+
+But this was too much for Rob.
+
+The boys had neared the fountain in the centre of the park. At this
+season, it was never or seldom playing; but some repairs had been found
+necessary, and the workmen had had the jet in action for some hours,
+and the large basin around it was full of water. The boys stopped
+beside it, not noticing a tall figure which sat upon one of the park
+benches near.
+
+"Nothing mean about _him_!" repeated Rob in a loud voice, which might
+easily be heard on the other side of the fountain, "nothing mean about
+Theodore Yorke! He's the meanest sneak in our school, or out of it,
+either! I'll tell you why Jim pitched into him. He's been stealing
+peanuts off of Jim's stand when the little hunchback's head was turned.
+I saw him, more than once, and I wasn't going to have it any longer; so
+I told Jim, and I'd just told him of it when Theodore came on eating
+peanuts, the very ones, for all I know, that I saw him steal this
+morning; and no wonder Jim's spirit was up, and he pitched into him. I
+wish he'd had it out with him, too, before Mr. Leeds came up. If he was
+going to be punished, he might as well be hung for a sheep as a lamb.
+And Jim's never said a word, I s'pose, or let on what he did it for;
+and you let him take all the blame. Bah! I wouldn't be you, for a
+cart-load of peanuts!"
+
+"You didn't see me, either. I don't know what you're talking about!"
+stammered Theodore, so taken aback by the damaging testimony of this
+unexpected witness of his sin, that he lost all self-possession, and
+his looks proclaimed him guilty of the offence with which he was
+charged.
+
+Uprose from the bench beyond the group the figure sitting there, and,
+striding towards the still unobservant boys, laid one hand upon
+Theodore's collar, the other on that of Rob; and the startled Theodore
+looked up into the stern, set face of his grandfather.
+
+"Have I heerd aright?" said the old man in his righteous wrath. "Have I
+heerd my gran'son called a thief, an' a sneak, what let a boy like Jim
+be blamed for doin' what he had a right to do, if what this 'ere feller
+says is true?--Kin ye prove it?" turning to Rob, while he still kept a
+tight hold on either boy.
+
+"Yes, I can," said Rob, maintaining his ground, although he was a
+little frightened by the captain's looks and tones; and once more he
+rehearsed the story in all its details.
+
+By this time several persons, attracted by the somewhat unusual
+spectacle of an old man holding two boys by their collars, had stopped
+to hear what was going on; and there were symptoms of a crowd. Seeing
+this from afar, a policeman bore down upon the scene,--the very one who
+had had the dispute with the captain as to the propriety of Daisy
+playing peanut-vender on the street-corner.
+
+As he came near, Captain Yorke released his hold upon Rob's collar;
+then tightening that upon Theodore's, the still stalwart old seaman
+lifted the boy from his feet, and, stepping close to the basin of the
+fountain, plunged him over his head in the icy water. The day had been
+a mild one, sunny and bright, for spring was in the air; but the water
+was still sufficiently cold to make such a sudden plunge any thing but
+pleasant, and this summary method of punishment, well deserved though
+most of the spectators knew it to be, was not to be tolerated in such a
+public place. So thought the policeman who now came running up, as the
+captain, having given his grandson three good dips, lifted him dripping
+and shivering from the basin, and placed him upon his feet.
+
+[Illustration: "PLUNGED HIM OVER HIS HEAD IN THE ICY
+ WATER."--_Page_ 214.]
+
+"What's this?" asked the officer, who had long since made his peace
+with the old man, who was wont to hang about the park, and in the
+vicinity of our house, and who amused him vastly with his comments upon
+men and things in the city. "What are you up to now, captain?"
+
+"Givin' this boy a duckin'; an' if I told ye what for, I donno but ye'd
+be for takin' of him up," answered the captain, disregarding all
+considerations of parental or family pride. "If ye fin' me a meaner one
+nor he is in this big town, I'll duck him, too, an' keep him under till
+he begs an' swears he'll mend his ways.--Now, git along home, sir," to
+the shaking Theodore. "I'd willin' pay for two suits of clo's to have
+the satisfaction of givin' ye yer desarvins, though I don't know as
+ye've got 'em yet. Git!"
+
+Theodore, only too glad to obey, sped away like the wind; while the
+captain, as the policeman was about to interfere further, turned to the
+officer, and, taking him by the arm, as if he were going to arrest
+_him_, repeated in a friendly tone, "He's had no more than his
+desarvin's,--young scamp; an' them's my opinions. I'll tell ye."
+
+"But what are you about, ducking that boy in a public fountain?" asked
+the officer, doubtful what course to pursue with the old original.
+"Don't you know such a thing is a breach of the public peace?"
+
+"I don't know nothin' about your breaches," said the old veteran, no
+whit disturbed; "but I knows I got a right to duck that boy where'er
+I've a min' to. He's my gran'son,--more shame to me,--an' a little
+water ain't goin' to hurt him. His fam'ly's used to water,--good salt
+water, too," with a contemptuous look at the fluid in the fountain
+basin, "an' if I could wash the meanness outer him, I'd duck him a
+dozen times a day. Come along."
+
+And still with his hand upon the policeman's arm, the captain turned
+away with him, soon satisfying the guardian of the peace that this was
+no case for arrest. Barney agreed that he had the right to take the law
+into his own hands, although this was hardly the place for him to do
+so.
+
+Of course Theodore's thefts, and the story of the grandfather's summary
+punishment, went the rounds of the school the next morning, and it soon
+reached the ears of the teachers and principal; and Theodore was called
+up again before the latter, this time to receive a far sterner
+reprimand than had been bestowed upon Jim. As the offence had been
+committed out of school bounds and school hours, the punishment for it
+did not lie within the jurisdiction of Mr. Rollins; but, in addition to
+that which he had received from his grandfather, it was meted out to
+him on the school premises. From that time he acquired the _sobriquet_
+of "Peanuts,"--a name which, short as it was, attracted far more
+derision and notice than that of Jim Grant Garfield Rutherford
+Livingstone Washington.
+
+And Jim, for his silence before the principal, his heroic determination
+to "tell no tales," was more of a favorite than ever.
+
+Whether this tended to lessen Theodore's animosity toward him, or to
+soften the standing feud between them, may be judged.
+
+The contempt and dislike which the school generally entertained for
+Theodore were brought to their height, when the edict was promulgated
+that peanuts should be no longer brought within bounds. Being a
+forbidden fruit, they at once acquired a value and desirableness even
+beyond that which they had possessed before. By some unexplained
+process of reasoning, the authorities had arrived at the conclusion
+that they were the cause of the late disturbance; and so they were
+tabooed, much to the displeasure of the boys, who, beside the
+deprivation to themselves, considered Jim a victim, as the order, of
+necessity, in a measure lessened his sales.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+FIVE DOLLARS.
+
+
+Dear old Mrs. Yorke had improved rapidly under the care of the
+specialist who was treating her case; but she was ill at ease in her
+city quarters, partly because she was unaccustomed to her surroundings,
+partly because she was never certain, when the captain was away from
+her, that he was not doing some unheard-of thing which might bring him
+into a serious predicament. And now here was this trouble between Jim,
+of whom she and the captain were so proud and so fond, and her
+grandson, and the disgrace of the latter; so that just now her bed was
+not one of roses, and she longed for the quiet and peace of her simple
+seaside home.
+
+"If Adam would but go home, and take the boy with him," she sighed to
+Mammy one day, "I could be easy in my mind, for I know that Jabez and
+Matilda Jane and Mary would look after him well, and he would be out of
+harm's way; but now I wouldn't be a bit surprised if some day he turned
+up in the police-court, just for doin' something he thought was no
+harm, but that is against city rules. His ways and city folks' ways
+ain't alike. An' there's the boy, an' what he's done; all the school
+learnin' in the world ain't goin' to pay for such a shame. No, you
+needn't say it was on'y a boyish trick; you on'y say that to make me
+more easy like; an' with thanks all the same to Governor Rutherford,
+I'd a sight rather he'd left Theodore down to the Point, an' out of the
+way of such temptations as he gets here. An' when they once begin that
+way as boys, you never know where they'll end. No, no; I wish Adam and
+the boy were home."
+
+Poor Mrs. Yorke! She had, indeed, too much reason to dread the after
+results of "once beginning that way;" for Theodore seemed likely to
+follow in the footsteps of his good-for-nothing father.
+
+Uncle Rutherford, of course, heard of the peanut episode, and expressed
+a fitting censure on Theodore's conduct, both to our family and to the
+boy himself; but we said among ourselves, that he not only appeared to
+endorse, but to enjoy, Jim's swift, passionate punishment of Theodore,
+and he escaped with a very slight reproof, if, indeed, the few words he
+said to him concerning the matter could be called reproof; and Milly
+felt no fear that he had lost ground with uncle Rutherford.
+
+Fortunately the captain, knowing little or nothing of the streets, was
+given, when by himself, to haunting our neighborhood and the park
+opposite; so that he came much under the notice and patronage of the
+friendly policeman, whose daily beat was in that quarter, and who kept
+him on many an occasion from going astray, or making a spectacle of
+himself.
+
+The captain had sought out Rob Stevens, insisted that he should tell
+him just how many times he had seen Theodore steal peanuts from Matty,
+and, so far as he could judge, to what amount each time; then counting
+up what he supposed them to be worth, which he put at an enormously
+high valuation--the honest old man!--that he might be sure to err on
+the right side, he forced Theodore to go with him to the stand, and pay
+Matty for the stolen fruit. He endeavored, too, to make him apologize
+to Jim, both for the theft of his property, and also for his
+contemptible meanness in keeping silent on the occasion of Jim's attack
+on the playground. But here he was powerless: Theodore absolutely and
+doggedly refused to do it; and his grandfather was obliged to content
+himself with relieving his own feelings, and further expressing his
+sentiments on the boy's conduct, by giving him a severe flogging.
+
+Spring was upon us now; an early, mild, and beautiful spring. Day after
+day of sunny delicious weather succeeded one another; the children came
+home from their walks or drives in the Central Park, in ecstasies over
+the robins, blue-birds, and squirrels they had seen. In the woods at
+Oaklands,--whither father went once or twice a week to have an eye upon
+his improvements and preparations for the summer,--spring-beauties,
+hepaticas, and anemones, and even a few early violets, were showing
+their lovely faces; and all young things--ah, and the older ones
+too--were rejoicing that the "winter was past and gone."
+
+With the advent of the mild weather, Matty's stand had been removed out
+of doors and beneath the shelter of Johnny Petersen's shop; and this
+situation proved more profitable than it had been within, as many a
+charitable passer-by, seeing the pitiful figure and pinched face of the
+poor child, would stop to purchase. During the hours of the day when
+the sun was warm and bright, her surroundings were not much less
+attractive than they had been within; for the glass sashes of the
+little flower-store were generally wide open behind her, while Johnny
+frequently brought forth some of his plants for an airing upon the
+sidewalk.
+
+As his custom increased with the warm weather, and people came for
+potted plants and so forth for their gardens and windows, Johnny
+occasionally found it necessary to be away for a few hours buying new
+stock at the larger greenhouses and markets; and when Mrs. Petersen did
+not find it convenient to take his place in the shop, he depended upon
+Tony to keep watch, and make small sales for him. The lame boy was
+bright and apt; and Johnny had drilled him well as to prices and so
+forth, and found him a tolerably satisfactory substitute during his own
+times of absence.
+
+One would have thought that Theodore Yorke would have avoided the
+neighborhood of the peanut-stand after his exposure and disgrace; but
+it was not so. His grandfather had cut short the small amount of
+pocket-money which he had occasionally given him, and he was now left
+penniless, and so no more visited the place as a customer; but he
+seemed to take a delight in hanging around it, and annoying Matty and
+Tony, who were now on their guard, and watched him unceasingly. Tony
+and he frequently exchanged sundry compliments not suited to ears
+polite; and Johnny, if he saw him, would come out and drive him away.
+The shop was absolutely forbidden ground to him; within it he was not
+suffered to set a foot.
+
+One bright afternoon when Johnny Petersen happened to be away, and Tony
+was in charge, Theodore came sauntering up to the stand, to the great
+dissatisfaction of the children. Matty was in her usual seat behind her
+table; Tony seated on the low door-step of the store, his crutches
+lying on the ground beside him and within reach of his hand.
+
+Theodore came up, glanced into the store, and, seeing that the master
+was absent, addressed himself to the amiable amusement of teasing and
+worrying those who were too helpless to defend themselves.
+
+"Me an' Matty's lookin' out for ye, an' ye needn't come roun' to be
+stealin' no more peanuts," said Tony at length, "an' I'll call the M.
+P. if you comes too close to the stand. We ain't goin' to stan' no
+foolin', we ain't; an' Jim told us you don't have a cent of money now,
+so you ain't come to buy with one hand an' help yourself with t'other.
+It'd be helpin' yourself with both; so clear out!"
+
+"I ain't comin' near your old peanuts," said Theodore; "an' they ain't
+yours, anyway."
+
+This style of converse continued for some minutes, growing more and
+more personal each instant; till at last Theodore said to Matty, who,
+according to her usual custom, had remained perfectly silent,--
+
+"If I had such a cushion on my back as yours, I wouldn't make it bigger
+piling such a heap of hair on it. You look like a barber's-shop show
+figger. I wonder you don't sell yourself for a show figger. You'd look
+so pretty an' smart."
+
+Matty only gave him one of her most vicious looks, and clinched her
+small claw-like hands as though they longed to be at him; but Tony
+answered for her.
+
+"They don't get no such hair to the barbers' shops without payin' lots
+for it," he shouted; "an' she ain't no need to make a figger of
+herself. She can sell it for a heap of money,--five dollars, if she
+chooses,--Mr. Petersen says so, an' Jim says so, too. But she ain't
+a-goin' to have it cut off; she likes it too much, an' the ladies likes
+it, Jim's ladies do, an' they telled her to leave it hang down, an' one
+on 'em give her a blue dress to make it look purtier on it; an' she's
+give her lots of things more. An' they've give me lots of things, too;
+the ole un she give me a whole suit for Easter, an' me an' Matty looked
+as good as any of 'em. An' Jim says--now you keep off," as Theodore
+drew nearer, "you keep off, or I'll call the M.P. He ain't so fur."
+
+"Oh, you will, will you?" said Theodore; "you've got to catch him
+first, and me, too, old Hippity-hop," and with a kick he sent both
+crutches far beyond the reach of the lame boy, then, with a derisive
+laugh, ran off. And there Tony sat, helpless and unable to pursue, till
+a compassionate passer-by brought him the crutches; for Matty could not
+stoop for them. Had the old captain seen this cowardly, contemptible
+deed, he would probably have thought that all the waters of all the
+oceans could not "wash the meanness" from the soul of his grandson.
+
+For the rest of that day and for the next, and for two or three
+succeeding ones, Theodore's thoughts dwelt much upon this last
+interview with the two cripples; but do not let it be thought, with any
+disquieting reproaches from his conscience, or any feeling of remorse.
+To him, all that had passed was a mere nothing, not worth a second
+thought, save for the one idea which had made a deep impression on him.
+
+That hair of Matty's, that mass of beautiful, shining hair, which even
+his boyish, unpractised eye could see was something uncommon,--worth
+five dollars; it was impossible! And yet could it be? If "Jim's ladies"
+thought it so beautiful, it might be that it was worth a good deal of
+money. What fools, then, were Matty and Tony, the one for keeping it
+upon her head, the other for not persuading her to part with it, and
+taking a share of the money for himself! In all his life Theodore had
+never had so much money; and his mean, selfish soul at once set itself
+to devise means by which one--he did not yet, even to his own thoughts,
+say himself--could gain possession of the girl's hair.
+
+He had heard of girls being robbed, in the street, of their hair; but
+that would never do here with Matty, no, not even though he had an
+accomplice to help him. And he knew of no one to whom he could even
+suggest such a thing; for he had no acquaintances in the city save the
+boys in his school; and to no one of them could he or would he dare to
+propose it, although he knew that there were among them some who were
+none too scrupulous to do a shabby thing if they thought they could
+gain any advantage by it.
+
+All this time I had vainly, as I thought, tried to gain any influence
+over Matty. She took my gifts, it is true, and wore or otherwise made
+use of them; but she never showed the slightest token of pleasure in
+them, or uttered one word of acknowledgment, and she was still entirely
+unresponsive to any other advances on my part. It was Tony, bright,
+jolly little Tony, who thanked me with real Irish effusion, always
+greeted me with the broadest of smiles, and testified his gratitude and
+appreciation of my efforts for Matty's welfare by various small
+offerings, till I really wished I had chosen him to befriend instead of
+that hopeless subject, his sister. It became quite a little family
+joke, as almost every evening when he and Matty came to deliver the
+day's earnings to Jim--for it was not considered safe for them to carry
+the money to their own home--he brought also some small token for
+"Jim's second young lady," whereby I was understood; now a couple of
+daisies, a rose, or two or three violets, or a few sprigs of
+mignonnette, begged from Dutch Johnny; now a bird's nest, manufactured
+by himself out of twine and a few twigs; and once a huge turnip which
+he had seen fall from a market-cart as it passed on its way down the
+avenue, and picking it up, after vainly trying to make the carter hear,
+had laid it aside as a suitable gift for me; and another time he
+brought for my acceptance a hideous, miserable, half-starved kitten,
+which, as I was known by the servants to have a horror of cats, was
+declined for me both by Jim and Thomas, greatly to Tony's mortification
+and disappointment.
+
+At the Easter festival, when he and Matty had "looked as good as
+anybody," to his mind, each child in the Sunday school had been
+presented with a small pot of pansies; and Tony, instead of taking his
+home, had come from the church to our house, and, asking for me by his
+usual title of "Jim's second young lady," had shyly presented his
+Easter token.
+
+Yes, I would fain have made an exchange, and taken Tony as my charge;
+but pride, and the recollection of Milly's fear that I would not
+persevere with Matty, forbade.
+
+I had thought over all manner of plans for removing both children from
+the influence of their wretched home and drunken parents; but most of
+these were pronounced by the more experienced to be visionary and not
+feasible. So they still continued to return to them at night, although,
+"weather fair or weather foul, weather wet or weather dry," they never
+failed to be present at their post as early as possible in the morning.
+
+Miss Craven and I had taken from Jim the charge of providing the
+cripples' dinner; and for a trifling sum Mrs. Petersen, who had no
+children of her own, gave them that meal and their supper in her room,
+so that in many respects they were far better off than they had been.
+
+But still there seemed no loop-hole where I could insert a wedge for
+Matty's moral regeneration; she appeared to remain hard, impenetrable,
+and suspicious.
+
+The story of the "ducking" had, of course, been graphically rehearsed
+by those of the schoolboys who had witnessed it, to those who had not;
+and there were but few, if any, who did not enjoy the recital of
+Theodore's punishment and disgrace. And from that time Captain Yorke
+had become a marked figure with the boys. Before this, he had not been
+known to many of them; but now he was pointed out by the few who had
+been present at the scene at the fountain, as the Spartan grandfather
+who had not hesitated to deal out punishment to his own flesh and
+blood, when it seemed to him that justice demanded it. He was often to
+be seen now in the park, the centre of an admiring and appreciative
+group, to whom he related thrilling adventures which were his own
+experience as a sailor and a surfman, holding his audience spell-bound,
+not only by their interest in the subject, but also by his quaint and
+simple manner of telling.
+
+Among this audience one day, were the two boys who had been present at
+the theatre on the night when the captain had made such an exhibition
+of himself; and they recognized him at once. Of course, it was soon
+spread about that he was the hero of that adventure; and the next
+morning at school, Jim was asked if he had not known it. Acknowledging
+this, it was then inquired _why_ he had not "got even with Theodore,"
+by turning the laugh on him, and telling that it was his grandfather
+who had made himself a laughingstock.
+
+"'Cause I wasn't goin' back on the old captain," answered sturdy, loyal
+Jim. "He's stood up for me, an' been a good friend; an' I ain't goin'
+to point him out for to be laughed at, not if he is Theodore's
+grandfather."
+
+He expected to be laughed at in his turn, and stood with defiance and
+"laugh if you choose" in his air.
+
+But no one laughed or jeered: somehow his steadfastness struck a chord
+in most of those boyish hearts; and Rob Stevens, clapping him on the
+shoulder, exclaimed,--
+
+"And 'tain't the first time he's held his tongue, either, is it,
+Peanuts? We'll all vote for the feller that stan's by his friends an'
+don't go back on 'em. Three cheers for President Jim Washington!"
+
+And if a voice there was silent, save Theodore Yorke's, it was not
+noticed in the number which responded.
+
+School-life having by this time rubbed off some of his _freshness_, Jim
+had learned that it would be to his own advantage to discard several
+from the string of names which he had seen fit to adopt on his
+entrance; and he now contented himself with signing his name James R.
+L. Washington, which appeared upon all his books and any thing else to
+which he could lay claim.
+
+After the manner of those who have fixed their minds upon that to which
+they have no right, the more the unprincipled Theodore thought of the
+mint of money, as he called it, upon Matty's head, the more he wished
+that he could find the means to possess himself of the material to be
+so easily turned into that money; and he finally arranged a plan which
+he thought both practicable and safe.
+
+"Matildy Jane," whose theory it was that there were no articles of diet
+in New York "fit for plain folks to eat," and who believed that her
+father and mother would return home only to die victims to indigestion
+brought on by high living, had sent, by the hands of a friend who came
+to the city, a large basket of apple turnovers and ginger cookies, in
+order that her parents might have "a taste of home cookin'."
+
+Slyly possessing himself of two of these turnovers and sundry cookies,
+Theodore thought to make his peace with Tony and Matty by bestowing
+them upon them, as an equivalent for the stolen peanuts; and having
+ascertained when Dutch Johnny was off on another purchasing expedition,
+and Tony left in charge, he hurried home, and came back to the
+florist's shop with these delectable viands.
+
+No sooner did Tony see him than he warned him off, threatening to call
+the police if Theodore came any nearer; but the latter hastened to
+propitiate him by holding up the turnovers and saying,--
+
+"Oh, I came to make up. Don't make a row."
+
+Now, if there was any thing in which the soul of Tony delighted, it was
+an apple pasty of any shape or dimensions; and the tempter had
+unwittingly chosen his bait well.
+
+Tony's threats and denunciations ceased, and he sat staring at the
+proffered treat; while Theodore, seeing it was taking effect, drew a
+few steps nearer.
+
+"Don't you want 'em?" he said. "I've got one for you, and one for
+Matty; and I've got some ginger-cakes, too."
+
+Warned by past experience, Tony grasped his crutches, and, still
+expecting some trick, sat dubious, with his eyes fixed as if fascinated
+upon the coveted dainties, but still more than half inclined to call to
+the policeman, whom he saw upon the upper corner.
+
+"Oh, come now!" repeated Theodore; "make up. Don't you want 'em?
+They're first-rate."
+
+The temptation proved irresistible; and, rising to his feet, Tony went
+toward his whilom antagonist in order to prevent him from coming too
+near the stand, accepted one of the turnovers, looked at it on all
+sides, smelled of it, and finally set his teeth deliberately but with
+caution into it; then turned, and looked inquiringly at Matty.
+
+"Pisen!" uttered that little sceptic, still unconvinced that treachery
+did not lurk behind these demonstrations of friendship.
+
+Ay, poison indeed! but not in the sense poor Matty meant. Nor would she
+accept the other turnover or the ginger-cakes, or look at or speak to
+Theodore; but sat gazing afar off as if into vacancy, her face
+perfectly expressionless, although Tony, now completely won over, sat
+eating his with the utmost gusto.
+
+Meanwhile Theodore, having turned over the whole contents of his
+pockets, talked in a friendly way, leading gradually up to the matter
+in his mind; although he was afraid to linger long, lest Johnny should
+return, or some one come by who would wonder at seeing amicable
+relations established between himself and Tony.
+
+"Been makin' good sales to-day?" he asked at length; but this put Tony
+on his guard again at once.
+
+"Now you let peanuts alone; they ain't none of your business," he said,
+his mouth full of ginger-cake.
+
+"I ain't goin' to touch your peanuts," said the older boy. "I just
+asked. Jim's makin' an uncommon good thing out of this peanut-stand
+with you and Matty to run it for him, an' I hear you're doin'
+first-rate. But--don't I know something about Jim!"
+
+"So do I, lots," answered Tony, as well as he could speak.
+
+"You don't know what I know; and Jim wouldn't want you to," said the
+bad boy. "It's his secret, and a monstrous one, too; but I know it, and
+I'm goin' to tell it, too."
+
+"I sha'n't listen to it," said Tony.
+
+"Ho! I don't want you to. It's not you I mean to tell," said Theodore.
+"It's the police."
+
+"Jim ain't done nothin' for the perlice," said Tony furiously. "The
+perlice likes him, an' wouldn't do nothin' to him."
+
+"Ha! You wait and see," said Theodore; "they've got to when I tell 'em.
+It's a secret on Jim an' one of his young ladies, Miss Amy there, that
+gives Matty her clo's an' things. He'll feel awful to have himself an'
+Miss Amy told on, and the police will go for 'em when they know it; but
+nothin' ain't goin' to put me off talkin' without I was paid for it, as
+much as five dollars, too."
+
+"What they done?" asked Tony, curiosity and alarm for his friends
+getting the better of his aversion to discuss the subject with
+Theodore.
+
+Theodore came nearer, and making Tony promise with the most solemn
+asseverations that he would not repeat, and would not suffer Matty to
+repeat, to any one, what he told him, said,--
+
+"They had some poisoning done, round to Mr. Livingstone's, an' Jim and
+Miss Amy was mixed up in it. They did the poisoning; but 'twas found
+out in time, an' their folks hushed it up. But _I_ know it, an' I'm
+goin' to set the police on them unless some one would make it worth my
+while not to. Five dollars would buy me off; but there's no one I know
+of, would give me five dollars, so I'm goin' to tell."
+
+Street Arab though he was, with his wits sharpened into preternatural
+acuteness in some respects, in others Tony was guileless and easily
+imposed upon; and for a moment he stared at Theodore in dismay, but
+presently doubt and suspicion again obtained the upper hand.
+
+"I don't take no stock in that," he said; "it's a lie, I know. I'll ask
+Jim himself."
+
+"If you let on to him what I've told you, I'll tell the police for
+certain, whether or no," said Theodore; "but if anybody was to say
+they'd give me five dollars, an' you don't tell Jim, I'll never say a
+word."
+
+And he walked away, leaving his words to take what effect they might.
+That they had already taken effect, he saw, as Matty, who had not
+spoken a word all this time, drew the beautiful, shining tresses in
+front of her, and passed her skinny little hands lovingly over them.
+Tony stood staring stupidly after him for a moment, then burst out at
+him with a torrent of abuse and threats which Theodore did not deign to
+answer.
+
+That evening about dusk, when Tony and Matty came to our house to
+render up the day's account to Jim, after they had settled business,
+Tony asked in a mysterious whisper, and half as if he feared to put the
+question,--
+
+"Jim, tell us; has you got a secret you don't want any one to know?"
+
+By the light of the gas-jet, beneath which they stood, in the basement
+hall, Tony saw the color rush in a flood to Jim's face, and an angry
+light came into his eye, as he answered roughly,--
+
+"'Tain't none of your business if I have; you let my secrets alone."
+
+Tony was a little frightened, but he persisted,--
+
+"But tell us; did you and yer young lady, her what's good to us, did
+you once get mixed up wid pisenin' some folks, an' it was kept dark
+so's the----"
+
+"Now you shut up an' clear out quick, you little rascal!" shouted Jim
+furiously. "If you come Paul Pryin' round here, a-tryin' to find out my
+secrets, me an' you will fall out, an' you'll get no more help from
+Miss Amy nor me. Clear!"
+
+But Tony, alas! was answered; and the crestfallen little cripple
+shuffled out from the presence of the offended head of the peanut firm
+as fast as possible; Jim putting his head out of the door, and shouting
+after them, still in the most irate tones,--
+
+"Now you let me an' Miss Amy an' all my folks alone, or there'll be
+trouble, sure!" then slammed the door after them.
+
+In silence they went up the street, but not immediately home: they had
+other business to attend to first.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+CAUGHT IN THE ACT.
+
+
+Johnny Petersen looked in surprise, consternation, and wrath when the
+two little cripples entered his shop the next morning, shamefaced and
+sheepish, as if they expected to be called to account for something.
+
+And he did not lose time in making known the cause of his displeasure,
+could they, indeed, have had any doubt on that question.
+
+Matty's hair was gone, cut close to her head, almost shaved off; and
+the loss of it gave the poor little face a more wizened, pinched, and
+unnatural expression than ever. The effect was perfectly startling, and
+repulsive in the extreme; and after staring at the child for a moment,
+and all but dropping the flower-pot he held in his hands, he broke
+forth into a torrent of words, mingling German and broken English in a
+manner which made them all but incomprehensible to the poor little
+ones. But they knew well enough what brought them forth, and they had
+no explanation to offer. It was their secret, and must remain a secret,
+so they thought, if the sacrifice were to be worth any thing.
+
+Naturally, Johnny laid the blame of the transformation on the debased
+parents, whom he knew to be capable of any deed, no matter how shameful
+or cruel, if thereby they could obtain the means to procure liquor.
+Tony and Matty gathered, from the jargon which he sputtered forth, that
+this was his idea; and they were quite satisfied to have it so, for no
+sentiments of filial affection moved them to enlighten him.
+
+And it was not only the loss of that wealth of hair which made Matty
+look far worse than she had ever done before. She had not on the decent
+garments she had worn for some time past, but was in the ragged and
+soiled clothes which she had of late worn only when she went home at
+night, discarding them in the morning when she stopped at Mrs.
+Petersen's and put on the better ones which had been given to her. To
+all Petersen's questions she opposed a sullen silence; although she
+hung her head, and appeared embarrassed, which she was not apt to be.
+
+But Tony, with his jolly little face clouded over, appeared really
+distressed, and looked from his sister to the florist and back again in
+a distraught, helpless sort of way, which quite touched the heart of
+the kind old Dutchman; but neither from him could Johnny's rather
+incoherent questions draw forth any satisfaction, and the children both
+were glad when the entrance of a customer drew Johnny's attention for
+the time from themselves.
+
+But the situation did not improve for the two little unfortunates when
+Mrs. Petersen, uneasy that they had not appeared at her rooms for the
+usual change of clothing, came bustling up to know if her husband could
+tell her any thing of them; and, not a little astonished to find Matty
+at her post and Tony also at his, plied them anew with questions in
+English rather better than her husband's, and to which it was more
+difficult to avoid giving straightforward replies. But she gained as
+little as he had done, and she, too, took it for granted that either
+the father or mother had deprived the little hunchback of her hair.
+
+The truth was, that the children had not cared to face her with the
+change in Matty's appearance, and hence had concluded to come to the
+day's business in their old clothes.
+
+But Mrs. Petersen, energetic and stirring, was not going to let the
+matter rest thus, but was determined to probe it to the bottom if
+possible, and declared that she was going at once to see the mother,
+and call her to account. Whether she had some vague idea of bringing
+the supposed offenders to justice, or of restoring the lost locks to
+Matty, I cannot tell; but just as she was leaving, Milly, Bessie, and
+I, bound for an early trip to spend the day with a friend in the
+country, whose birthday it was, came into the shop to purchase some
+flowers.
+
+The morning was damp and chilly, although there was the promise of a
+fair day later on; and Matty's stand was placed inside when we entered
+the shop, and the first thing our eyes rested upon was Matty's shorn
+head. We all three leaped at once to the same conclusion with the
+Petersens. But whether it was that I was more forcibly struck than the
+others with the cruelty of the thing, from having something of a
+fellow-feeling for Matty in the possession of a profuse quantity of
+hair somewhat like her own, although, as she had said, hers had been
+"purtier" than mine, despite the lack of the care which mine had always
+received, or that I had less self-control over my emotions; certain it
+is that I burst into a passion of tears and sobs, which astonished not
+only the good florist and his wife, but also my own sister and friend.
+I was ashamed of them, but could not control them; and perhaps it was
+as well that I could not do so immediately, for those tears made their
+way where all else had failed to effect an entrance; and, to my great
+astonishment, Matty seized with both her hands upon mine, which in my
+great pity and sympathy I had laid upon her shoulder, and, carrying it
+to her face, laid her cheek upon it. The next instant she dropped it,
+and sat looking down with the same stolid expression that she
+ordinarily wore. Indeed, it had hardly changed even at the moment of
+that most unusual demonstration, for no trace of any emotion had been
+visible on the worn, old little face.
+
+Tony was delighted, as pleased as though his sister had given evidence
+of some wonderful talent, or performed some heroic action.
+
+"She likes ye, miss," he exclaimed, "an' I allus knowed she did, though
+she wouldn't let on. She likes ye fust rate, though she wor kinder
+back'ard 'bout lettin' on. Now don't ye like the lady, Matty? If she
+hadn't liked ye lots, miss, she wouldn't er----" Here he checked
+himself with a frightened, embarrassed look, and rushing out of the
+little store, applied himself vigorously to the turning of his empty,
+tireless peanut-roaster.
+
+But not a word, and not another token of any thing like feeling, was to
+be drawn from Matty. The rock had hardened again, and to all
+appearances no softening influences could be brought to bear upon it.
+It was not until Mrs. Petersen again expressed her positive intention
+of going to call the elder Blairs to account, and was about to start
+off for that purpose, that the child roused herself again, and turned,
+with something of apprehension in her expression, to look for Tony,
+who, having discovered that he was working aimlessly, was making ready
+to kindle his charcoal and fill his roaster.
+
+"I go to dat mutter an' fader; I gif dem some pieces of my mi-int,"
+said Mrs. Petersen, as she turned toward the door; but Milly stopped
+her.
+
+"Do not, please, Mrs. Petersen," she said, in a tone too low to reach
+Matty's ear. "It will only make trouble for yourself and us. We cannot
+give poor Matty back her beautiful hair; and if you vex those dreadful
+people, it will only put fresh difficulties in the way of persuading
+them to give up the children."
+
+"I tell dem my mi-int," persisted Mrs. Petersen; but finally she was
+persuaded to listen to reason and to satisfy herself with relieving her
+"mi-int."
+
+My idea had been to induce Mrs. Petersen and Johnny--or Mrs. Petersen
+rather, for Johnny was sure to follow her lead, to take Matty and Tony
+under their care, and give them a home. Cousin Serena had offered to
+furnish the means for Tony's support, and I to do the same for Matty.
+But the florist and his wife had been unwilling to undertake the
+charge, even if the parents could be bribed to give up the children,
+lest they should be exposed to trouble in the future; therefore the
+Blairs had not yet been approached on the subject. I was for taking
+high-handed measures, and having the children separated from them on
+the ground of neglect and cruelty; but wiser and less impulsive heads
+than mine had decided that there was hardly sufficient reason for this,
+and I had been obliged to restrain my impatience and content myself
+with such alleviations of their lot as I could compass at present. I am
+not patient by nature, and could not bear to have any delay or
+hinderances put in the way of my schemes for the benefit of those
+children, and in secret I chafed a little over this.
+
+It will readily be surmised what had become of Matty's hair.
+
+Doubting the truth of Theodore's story, and yet fearing that there
+might be some foundation for it, Tony had confided to his sister that
+he meant to ask Jim about it, notwithstanding Theodore's warning to
+beware how he did so. Jim's anger at the questions he had put,
+especially at that regarding the "poisoning," had been enough to
+convince him that it was all true. Jim _had_ a secret which he was
+afraid to have known; and that secret could be nothing more nor less
+than the alleged poisoning, which he plainly could not or would not
+deny; and which, according to ignorant little Tony's ideas, he was
+afraid to have come to the ears of the police. Theodore had learned of
+that unfortunate occurrence--as we heard later when all this came to
+light--through the medium of a stray copy of the objectionable paper
+containing the paragraph before referred to. This he had happened to
+read to his grandfather and grandmother, who, proud of his ability to
+do this far better than they could do it for themselves--for reading
+with Captain and Mrs. Yorke was a work of time and difficulty,
+involving more pains-taking than pleasure--often set him to amuse them
+in this way in the evening.
+
+"Madison Avenue" to Captain Yorke was comprised in the block on which
+our house was situated; and the curiosity of the old man being
+insatiable, he had never rested until he had located the house. By dint
+of questioning Thomas and the other servants, he soon learned all there
+was to know, and was greatly excited and very wrathy when he heard the
+truth. He repeated this to his wife and grandson, bidding them never to
+say a word about it, as the family had been much annoyed and
+displeased. Theodore, however, had once ventured to ask Jim about the
+matter, and had been met by such a burst of fury that he had never
+ventured to speak of it again to him. Not for fear of offending Jim,
+however, but because he dreaded the anger of his grandfather, should
+Jim complain, as he threatened to do, to the old man; for Jim would
+have told in this case on my account.
+
+But it answered Theodore's purpose when he set himself to work to
+devise means to obtain the five dollars he coveted. He had aroused the
+fears of these ignorant children for those who had been kind to them,
+and having been convinced by Jim's behavior that it was all true, Tony
+had proposed what indeed had been in Matty's mind before, that she
+should sell her hair, and so buy Theodore's silence. Matty had agreed;
+and that morning, before they had made their appearance at the
+florist's, they had gone to a barber's, and, with small worldly wisdom,
+Tony had demanded if he would give five dollars for Matty's hair.
+
+Gazing with astonishment and delight at the mine of wealth displayed
+for his approbation, the barber drew the long silky tresses through his
+fingers, and closed the bargain at once, as well he might, supposing
+him to be possessed of neither heart nor conscience. Matty's head was
+expeditiously shorn, and the proceeds of the unrighteous sale were put
+into Tony's hands; for he had appeared as the speaking partner
+throughout the transaction, Matty maintaining the usual impassive,
+sullen silence, so seldom broken save for her brother and the
+Petersens.
+
+The next thing to do was to see Theodore and to hand him the money; and
+being in haste to do this before he should have time to give the
+dreaded information to the police, Tony went to the boarding-place
+which was his home at present, Matty waiting for her brother on the
+neighboring corner, and asked for Theodore.
+
+Now, this proceeding, as it proved, brought swift detection and
+punishment upon the young blackmailer.
+
+Theodore had not remembered to guard against the children coming to the
+house; indeed, he had not thought of his rascally scheme bearing fruit
+at all so soon.
+
+Happily for the frustration of that scheme, Theodore was out, having
+been sent on an errand by his grandfather; and the old captain himself,
+who was lounging on the front steps, was the one who first met the lame
+boy. Tony, who was not able to read numbers, had not been quite sure of
+his ground in the row of houses all so much alike; but he had no
+further doubt when he saw Captain Yorke.
+
+At first he drew back, uncertain whether to make it known that his
+business was with Theodore; but his fear that his tormentor would "tell
+the perlice" before he had the opportunity to quiet him was too strong
+for his caution, and he asked the captain if Theodore was "to home."
+
+"No, he ain't; an' what ye want with Theodore, sonny?" asked the
+captain.
+
+Tony hesitated and fidgeted; and the old man asked sharply and quickly,
+"He ain't been hookin' your peanuts agin?"
+
+"No--o," stammered Tony; and the captain, coming down the steps to
+where the boy stood, laid his hand upon his shoulder, and said
+sternly,--although the sternness was not for the cripple,--
+
+"Ef he's touched another peanut, or been a-wrongin' of ye any way, tell
+me,--tell me right off. What is it?"
+
+But Tony dared not tell; and the honest old seaman, whose confidence in
+his grandson had never been fully restored, was convinced that he had
+been about some of his evil ways again. He could do nothing with Tony,
+however; no persuasions could avail to draw any explanation from him;
+and he presently made his escape, hobbling down the street with the
+marvellous celerity with which he used his crutches, leaving the
+captain a prey to disquietude and apprehension.
+
+Nor had he hope of obtaining any thing like the truth from Theodore
+himself: so he asked him no questions when he returned, nor did he tell
+him that Tony had come to ask for him, but, after taking counsel with
+himself, resolved to see Johnny Petersen, and tell him to be on the
+watch; and soon after we had left the florist's, he appeared there.
+
+Tony saw the old Brutus coming down the street, stern and determined of
+aspect, trouble in every line of his weather-beaten countenance, and
+supposed himself to be his objective point. Dreading further catechism,
+and not being willing to encounter it, he dropped the crank of the
+peanut-roaster, and was off again before the captain was near enough to
+speak. Johnny could tell nothing, he thought, save that Matty's hair
+was gone, which the old man could not fail to see for himself; and his
+sister, he well knew, would not speak. For a moment he thought he would
+seize his opportunity, and hasten back to the house while Captain Yorke
+was away, and hand Theodore the five dollars; but he recollected that
+the oppressor would be at school, and so this would be useless. From a
+safe distance he watched for the captain's departure, and did not
+venture near his post till he saw him come out and walk away.
+
+As he had foreseen, not a word could either Captain Yorke or the
+florist draw from Matty, when the former had made known the purpose of
+his coming; and they both questioned her closely. One might have
+thought that she was utterly deaf and dumb as she sat opposing that
+stolid, determined silence to all they said. Johnny knew nothing which
+could throw any light on the subject; and after telling him of Tony's
+embarrassment, and bidding him be on the watch, the heavy-hearted old
+man left the little shop.
+
+Johnny did keep on the watch, but refrained from asking Tony any
+questions, keeping his eye upon him, however; but no further
+developments appeared until later in the day, when he saw Theodore
+coming down the other side of the avenue, and observed that Tony raised
+a warning finger to him as if to bid him keep his distance. Theodore
+paused on the opposite corner, and Tony went over to meet him.
+
+Considerations of delicacy did not withhold Johnny from intruding upon
+what was evidently meant to be a private interview; and when, after a
+moment's converse, Tony put his hand in his pocket, and drew forth
+something which he gave to Theodore, the florist darted from his shop,
+and rushed across the street with an agility which was hardly to be
+expected from one of his years and girth.
+
+Theodore saw him coming, and his guilty conscience leaped to the truth;
+Johnny suspected something wrong, and was coming to accuse him.
+
+Closing his hand tightly on the prize which he had just received from
+his victim, he turned, and started to run. But an avenging Nemesis, in
+the shape of a piece of orange-peel, was behind him; his foot slipped
+upon it, and he came heavily to the ground. Before he could rise, the
+florist precipitated himself upon him with so much momentum, that he
+too lost his balance, and fell flat upon the boy. Not one whit
+disturbed was Johnny, however, by the fear that he might have injured
+his prisoner, although he had half knocked the breath from the boy's
+body; on the contrary, he would, I think, have been quite pleased to
+know that Theodore was seriously bruised.
+
+Rising with some difficulty, and not without assistance from a
+passer-by who had seen the catastrophe, puffing and panting, but still
+retaining the hold he had taken of Theodore's collar, he hauled the boy
+to his feet, and, regardless of the punishment he had already
+inflicted, gave him a hard cuff upon the ear, saying,--
+
+"You runs away from me, will you? I learns you, my poy, you shtays ven
+I vants to shpeak mit you."
+
+Supposing from this authoritative address that he was the father of the
+boy who had been guilty of some wrong, the man who had helped him
+passed on his way, leaving him to deal with the culprit as he saw fit.
+And Johnny saw fit to handle him with any thing but gentleness, pushing
+him before him across the street, and into the shop, giving him now and
+then a vicious shake, diversifying this with an occasional punch in the
+back with the fist of the disengaged hand. Had they had any distance to
+go, they would probably have drawn a crowd after them; as it was, they
+reached Johnny's quarters without attracting any special attention.
+
+"Now," said the breathless florist when he had his captive safely
+within the shelter of the shop, "now, vat is your pusiness mit Tony?
+Tony is my scharge, an' I don' let him talks mit poys what shteals what
+don' pelongs to dem. Vat you got here?"
+
+And he seized the tightly closed hand containing the five dollars,
+which Theodore had not yet found opportunity to conceal in a safer
+place. Theodore resisted; but he was no match for Petersen, who tripped
+him up again without compunction, and, regardless of consequences to
+the surrounding plants,--which happily came to no harm in the
+struggle,--sat upon him, and opened his hand with both his own.
+
+Five dollars!
+
+Johnny was not a particularly brilliant Dutchman, and his mind was
+generally slow in arriving at any conclusion; but the two and two which
+were to be put together here were not difficult to compute; and as he
+looked from the five-dollar bill to Matty's shorn head, and back again,
+he was not long in deciding that they made four. Matty for once showed
+some sign of emotion as she sat rubbing her hand over her poor little
+head in a nervous manner; although beyond this, and the stare with
+which she regarded the combatants, she showed no trace of interest in
+the affair, never once opening her lips.
+
+"So!" said the florist, holding out the bill at arm's length,--"so! How
+is dis? You put Matty's head to de schissors, an' take him all off, und
+you shteal den her monish. De peanuts is a pad pisness; but dis is so
+much vorse as it goes to de prison. Tell me, Tony, how is dis?"
+
+"I didn't steal it, he gave it to me; and I didn't touch Matty's hair,"
+panted the prostrate Theodore. "He--he--he wanted me to do something
+for him, and he said he would give me that if I did it. Oh! let me up!"
+
+"Hole your mout, and shpeak ven you is shpoken mit," said Johnny.
+"Tony, shpeak an' tell me. How vas it? You is cut off Matty's head; you
+is got de monish, five tollars, vat I tells you he is vort; now tell me
+what for you gifs dis five tollars to dis pad poy, a poy so vorse as I
+do not know. I _vill_ haf you tell me; if no, I calls de police."
+
+There was no escape; on all hands Tony saw visions of the police, who
+would soon ferret out the whole matter, away back to Miss Amy and Jim
+(so Tony thought); and he found it best to throw himself and all
+concerned on the mercy of his old friend, and make a full confession.
+
+As he told the shameful story of how Theodore had threatened to tell
+Jim's "secret," and to let the police know of the "poisoning" unless
+somebody paid him five dollars to keep it quiet; of the confirmation he
+had himself received from Jim's manner and words when he asked him
+about it; of how he and Matty had resolved to save their friends by the
+sacrifice of the hair which Johnny himself had often told them was
+worth so much money; of how they had gone to the barber's, and sold the
+hair; and lastly, how he, seeing Theodore on the opposite side of the
+street, had hurried over to bribe him with the five dollars to hold his
+peace, and how Theodore had accepted the price,--the kind-hearted
+florist waxed more and more angry; and when he rose, and once more
+hauled the boy to his feet, it was only to seize a cane, and administer
+such a chastisement as the culprit had seldom or never received.
+
+Theodore made little or no outcry, however, for he was afraid of
+attracting attention from without, and perhaps himself falling into the
+hands of the law; for he did not know, if his deeds were once made
+public, how far he might be under the ban of that authority.
+
+"Now you go," said Johnny, when at last he paused, breathless from all
+his exertions, and with one final shake released his captive; "go und
+tell de gran'fader I fin' vat is de matter out, und I gifs de vorst
+vips as I could gif to de vorst poy in all de down, und so I safes him
+some droubles. But if he dinks to gif you some more of de same veesic,
+I dink it not too moosh. For dat gran'fader, I says notings to de
+police for dis time; bud if you says one leetle more vord apout de
+young lady or dat goot poy Jim, or makes afrait any more dese
+schillens, den you see some dings to make you shtare. Go, go!"
+
+And Theodore stood not upon the order of his going.
+
+The pleasure of the day with our friends had been much marred for me by
+the recollection of the shorn head of my forlorn little _protégée_ and
+the repulsive appearance she now presented; and I was more than ever
+anxious to remove her from the father and mother, who, I thought, had
+treated her so unjustly and cruelly; and I could not reconcile myself
+to the idea that this afforded no grounds for my taking them away.
+
+But that difficulty was presently to be solved in the most satisfactory
+way to those who had at heart the welfare of the crippled children.
+
+Mother had occasion to send Jim upon an errand shortly after his return
+from school that afternoon; and he found it convenient, according to
+his usual custom, to return by a roundabout way, and stop at the
+peanut-stand. The excitement in Johnny's small establishment had hardly
+subsided when he made his appearance, and it was little wonder that he
+tarried long on his errand; so long, indeed, that mother rather lost
+patience, and said that she should forbid his stopping at his favorite
+haunt, except by express permission, if this occurred again. But his
+want of punctuality was quite forgiven when he came in with the tidings
+which he bore.
+
+As usual, however, when any question arose of Theodore's want of
+principle, or any instance of it was shown, there was something in
+Jim's manner which excited the attention of those of the household
+under whose immediate observation he most came; and again Milly was
+surprised to see how wistful, uneasy, and absolutely nervous he was,
+appearing, as he often had before, as if there were something on his
+mind which he wished to tell her, but which he could not muster courage
+to confess.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+MATTY IS PROVIDED FOR.
+
+
+"Of course," said Uncle Rutherford, that evening in family conclave,
+"this business settles the question of that scholarship for Theodore
+Yorke. He has proved himself more utterly without principle or common
+honesty, than I could have believed possible; and while, for poor old
+Yorke's sake, I should be glad to give him another chance of redeeming
+his character, I do not feel that the boy himself is worthy of it. He
+is radically bad and vicious, with a natural leaning toward deceit and
+dishonesty, and a capacity for crime that is absolutely startling, or
+he never could have arranged so deliberate a plan to obtain money from
+these poor little cripples. It was absolute blackmailing; and the
+Yorkes, I fear, have sad trouble in store for them with the boy. All
+the better for your _protégé_, Milly, if he continues to do as well as
+he has done lately. That fellow is in earnest, whatever may be the aims
+and influences which control him."
+
+"I think," said aunt Emily, "that Mrs. Yorke is right, and that it
+would be best both for the captain and for Theodore to go home. The old
+man keeps her in a constant worry, by his very innocence and
+simplicity, which are so easily imposed upon; and it will be far better
+for that boy to be where he is not surrounded by so many temptations.
+Do you not think so, Nicholas? Better for him to be in his quiet,
+out-of-the-way home, than here, where there are so many inducements to
+evil for a boy without principle, such as has certainly proved
+himself."
+
+Before Uncle Rutherford had time either to agree or dissent, Thomas
+announced that Captain Yorke wished to see Mr. Rutherford and Mr.
+Livingstone, and was told to show the old man into the adjoining
+library, whither papa and Uncle Rutherford adjourned to see him.
+
+But through the half-drawn portières, the rest of us heard all that
+passed; and, indeed, the captain was not reticent,--it was not in his
+nature to be,--and he would have been quite as garrulous in the
+presence of an audience of any size, provided he knew all his hearers
+to be friends. And not even the gravity of his errand, or the subject
+on which he held forth, could restrain him from the various deviations
+and wanderings to which he was prone when talking. It will not be
+necessary to repeat all these here.
+
+The old man had gone back to Johnny Petersen's just as the florist was
+closing his shop for the night, timing his second visit after the hour
+at which he knew the cripples would have left, and asked Johnny if he
+had any further information for him. Johnny was not inclined to talk,
+he found, and tried to evade his questions; but he was obliged to allow
+that Theodore had appeared again; and finally, so determined was the
+captain, that he asked him to come with him to his home, where he would
+tell him all.
+
+Seated in Mrs. Petersen's cosey room, the poor old seaman heard the
+story in all its details, half bewildered by the good Dutchman's broken
+English, but fully able to extract from it all the painful and shameful
+particulars of his grandson's rascality. Once launched into his
+narration, Johnny spared nothing, and, at the end, rather glorified
+himself for having taken matters into his own hands, and administered
+condign punishment to the culprit upon the spot; nor did he deem it
+necessary to apologize to the grandfather for having done so, neither
+did Captain Yorke seem to expect this, or to think that he was not
+perfectly justified in all that he had done.
+
+Theodore had gone home, after his encounter with Johnny, evidently
+suffering and much crestfallen; but when his grandfather had questioned
+him, he had added to his sins, and accounted for this, by saying that
+he had had a fight in school; he being quite unaware of the captain's
+suspicions, and of his interviews with Tony and the florist in the
+morning. His grandfather had not yet confronted him with the discovery
+of his sin; for he had come directly from the Petersens to our house,
+deeming it best to take counsel with those whom he considered wiser and
+less interested than himself.
+
+"I thought I had done with all sich work when I heered Tom was took,"
+said the old man pathetically; "but here it's broke out agin, an' me
+an' Mis' Yorke not so young as we was by a long shot, an' can't stan'
+it so well. The Scriptur says, 'Like father, like son;' an' I've faith
+to b'lieve it, seein' I'm provin' it in my own fam'ly."
+
+"No, no, captain," said uncle Rutherford, holding out his hand kindly
+to the veteran, "you must not say that, for if Tom had been like _his_
+father, he would have been a man in whom all who knew him placed
+confidence. And"--contradicting his own words spoken some time
+since--"we will not despair of your grandson yet. He is young, and
+under good influences now."
+
+"It's all the wus, Gov'nor," said the captain, shaking his head, "all
+the wus to see him so young and so wicked. The Scriptur' says, 'The
+ways of transgressors is hard;' but I b'lieve the ways of them what has
+to do with the transgressors, an' foller them up, is harder, an' them's
+my opinions."
+
+Father and uncle Rutherford each offered a few words of sympathy, and
+endeavored to comfort him; but he was not yet to be consoled, and could
+see no hope for the future. He was terribly distressed over the
+necessity of telling Mrs. Yorke, and said that he meant to "sleep over
+it," and think of the best way of breaking it to her. But we all knew
+how much probability there was of that. No sooner would he see his
+wife, than his full heart would overleap all restraint he might have
+intended to put upon it, and she would be put in possession of all the
+facts, down to the smallest details.
+
+In the midst of his own perplexities, however, the captain did not
+forget a piece of news he had brought with him, and which especially
+interested me, and speedily drew me into the library.
+
+While he was still with the Petersens, but on the point of taking his
+leave, the sound of crutches had been heard on the stairs; and Johnny,
+turning to listen, said,--
+
+"Dems is Tony mit his crushes. Vat is upper now?" and opened the door
+to admit not only Tony, but also his sister. Tony was flustered and
+frightened, with eyes half starting from his head; but Matty was
+impassive as usual, and showed neither terror nor excitement.
+
+"They've gone!" exclaimed the lame boy.
+
+"Who are gone? Vat is de madder?" asked Johnny; then added, before Tony
+could answer, "Poor leetle poy, he is all upside down mit dis day.
+Shpeak, Tony."
+
+"They've gone," repeated Tony; "an' what is wus, the furnitur' is gone
+too, an' there ain't no beds nor nuthin'."
+
+"Vat is gone?" asked Mrs. Petersen in her turn; then, jumping at her
+own conclusions, added, "De vater an' de mutter?"
+
+"Yes, and good riddance, too; on'y we ain't got any place to sleep,"
+said Tony; which filial sentiment found an echo in the hearts of all
+present.
+
+It was all true, as Johnny found on investigation. When Tony and Matty
+had gone home that evening, they found the wretched room on the top
+floor of a tenement-house, which they had inhabited with their father
+and mother, empty and tenantless; the few articles of worthless
+furniture (if furniture it could be called) which it had formerly held,
+taken away. But if there was no one there to welcome them, neither did
+there await them the abusive language and hard blows they too
+frequently encountered. They were not in the slightest degree troubled
+by the loss; their only feeling seemed to be, as Tony expressed it,
+that it was a "good riddance," save that they had no other
+resting-place for the night. A pitying neighbor had given them their
+supper; and they were told that their mother had gone out early in the
+morning, soon after they had gone to business, and, re-appearing with a
+carter, had had her few possessions carried away, leaving no word
+whither she was bound, or message for the helpless children. The
+mystery was solved in a degree, when two police-officers appeared a few
+hours later, saying that Blair was "wanted" for a grave offence against
+the law; but the bird had flown, and so far left no trace.
+
+I was delighted, and could almost have thanked Blair for committing a
+crime which rendered flight necessary, and seemed to leave the way open
+for a decent provision for the destitute children.
+
+Captain Yorke told us that Mrs. Petersen was going to keep them for the
+night, and that they were already quite at home and comfortable, and
+Tony excitedly happy,--happiness and Matty could not be
+associated,--with the motherly German woman and her husband.
+
+But our two gentlemen and Captain Yorke had not yet come to any
+conclusion as to what was to be done with Theodore; and it was an
+embarrassing question to decide. To take the boy, a boy who was making
+fair progress in his studies, and who was pains-taking and ambitious,
+from school, and bury him in the quiet sea-side home, where, save for
+three or four months of the year, he would be almost altogether cut off
+from association with any but the few still primitive inhabitants of
+the Point, and where he would be entirely deprived of any advantages of
+education, seemed almost too much punishment even for the grave
+offences which those three honorable, high-minded men found it hard to
+condone. But, again, it was not to be thought of, that, devoid of
+conscience and right feeling as he was, he should be left alone exposed
+to the temptations of the great city. For Captain and Mrs. Yorke must
+shortly return home, Mrs. Yorke's physician having pronounced her
+sufficiently cured to be allowed to do so in the course of a few weeks;
+and, even as it was, the nominal protection of Theodore's grandparents
+had formed no safeguard against evil. The evil was in his own heart,
+but he might be placed where there would be fewer opportunities for its
+development.
+
+It was a grave matter for consideration, and could not be hastily
+decided.
+
+"Of course," said uncle Rutherford, as he bid the captain good-night,
+"of course it is out of the question for Theodore to remain in the city
+after you and Mrs. Yorke leave, even under the care of the kind woman
+with whom you now board; he would not recognize her authority, and
+would consider himself free to go any lengths. No, that is not to be
+thought of; but we may devise some other plan by which he may have some
+schooling and be kept in proper restraint; and he may yet in time prove
+a help and comfort to you, Yorke. For your sake I would do much to set
+him in the right way; and his teachers think that he has the making of
+a clever man in him, if we can but instil something like principle into
+his character. Take heart, man."
+
+But the captain went out sadly and hopelessly shaking his gray head,
+over which twenty years seemed to have passed since the morning of that
+day.
+
+It was not, perhaps, that his affection for his grandson had been so
+deeply grieved; for the boy had, until less than a year since, been
+quite a stranger to his grandparents, and Theodore was not an
+attractive boy even to his own family; and, had the choice been given
+to the captain, he would undoubtedly have much preferred to claim Jim
+as his own, his open, sunny, joyous nature responding much more readily
+to the old man's than did that of the far less amiable Theodore. But he
+felt ashamed and disgraced, and as if he could not bear to look any one
+of the name of Rutherford or Livingstone in the face, while he still
+felt that to our family alone could he turn for help and advice in this
+sad business.
+
+"Ye see, you and Mr. Livingstone knows a heap more 'bout wicked ways
+an' doin's than me an' Miss Yorke does, Gov'nor," he said to uncle
+Rutherford, altogether innocent of any uncomplimentary inference which
+might be drawn, "an' so ye'd know the best ways out of 'em. Yes, I says
+to myself, says I, if there's enny one knows the ways out of a bad
+scrape, it'll be them city born and bred gentlemen; so I come along to
+tell ye afore I tole Miss Yorke or nothin'. Mebbe ye could tell me how
+to make it a little lighter for her," he added wistfully.
+
+Alas! beyond the promise to think the matter over, and to consider what
+was best to be done, his two friends could give him little consolation
+to convey to the poor grandmother, who had built so much on the
+opportunities offered to the boy who she had hoped and believed would
+prove a credit and support to the declining years of herself and her
+husband.
+
+The next morning, directly after breakfast, I announced my intention of
+going immediately round to see cousin Serena, and asking her to go with
+me to Mrs. Petersen's, to ascertain if there were any hope that she
+would take Tony and Matty, now that their father and mother had
+apparently deserted them. I would provide for Matty, and cousin Serena
+wished to do the same for the boy. I was very eager now to carry out my
+plans, believing that the lions in the way were entirely removed, and
+that no one could have any further objection to my doing so.
+
+But, to my great disgust, again there were dissenting voices; for
+father and mother, aunt Emily, yes, and even impulsive,
+push-a-thing-ahead uncle Rutherford, said that it would not do to take
+it for granted that the elder Blairs would not return and claim the
+children. It was not probable, they agreed, but it was more than
+possible; and all my elders were quite positive that the Petersens
+would not undertake the care of Tony and Matty until they felt assured
+that the parents were not likely to meddle with them, or to make
+trouble for those who had them in charge.
+
+"But I want to go and see," I said, determined, if possible, to carry
+my point at once, "if the Petersens _will_ do it--and they may. There
+is no use in leaving Matty unprovided for. What will she and Tony do if
+Mrs. Petersen will not keep them while it is uncertain whether that man
+and woman return or not?"
+
+I spoke in rather an aggrieved tone, feeling somewhat inclined to think
+my relatives hard-hearted.
+
+"Interview Mrs. Petersen, if you choose, my daughter," said papa; "only
+be prepared for disappointment."
+
+"I only want to see Matty provided for, papa," I answered, a little
+ashamed of my former pettishness.
+
+"And Matty, and Tony also, shall not be allowed to suffer, Amy," said
+uncle Rutherford sympathetically; mindful, perhaps, of his own
+propensity for forcing things to a wished-for conclusion at once.
+
+"I'll see cousin Serena, and take her views, anyway," I said, my good
+humor restored; and I lost little time in carrying out my purpose.
+
+Miss Craven herself was so eager and earnest when in pursuit of any
+plan, especially when it was for the benefit or pleasure of others,
+that I built much on her co-operation in the work of persuading the
+Petersens to take the cripples under their protection at once; and I
+was proportionately crestfallen when I found that she took the same
+view of the case as my own family, saying also that she did not believe
+that Johnny and his wife would agree to my proposal, and that she did
+not think it advisable that they should. However, she willingly
+consented to go with me to the Petersens.
+
+And, lo! I returned triumphant; for Mrs. Petersen, moved probably more
+by the utter desolation of the children than by any arguments or
+persuasions of mine, had consented without difficulty to take them for
+the present, and to retain them so long as the parent Blairs did not
+return or claim them.
+
+And whatever his wife decided, that was sure to be the best in Johnny's
+eyes; so, her consent being gained, there was no fear of a dissenting
+voice from him. Moreover, recollections of his own youth inclined
+Johnny's heart to be merciful.
+
+"Und why for no," he said, when appealed to on behalf of the deserted
+children, "why for no? Sometime ven mine fader und mutter die mit me,
+und dere vas nopody to gif leetle Johnny notings, vat should he do, if
+did not come some goot peoples vat take und eat him und sleep him? I
+don' forget; und how I vas done py, I do mit der oders. Mine wife she
+vas so goot as a mutter for dem."
+
+The arrangement was concluded to the mutual satisfaction of the
+Petersens and myself, to say nothing of that of Tony,--Matty, as usual,
+showing no sign either of pleasure or the contrary. There was no time
+lost in settling the cripples in their new quarters, so superior in all
+respects to any they had ever enjoyed before. There was nothing to be
+moved from those they had occupied with their father and mother; not a
+splinter, not a shred, beyond the clothes they had on and those kept at
+Mrs. Petersen's, was left to them; indeed, had there been, we never
+should have allowed them to claim it, nor would Mrs. Petersen have
+allowed it to come into her tidy apartments.
+
+My day was occupied in a fever of energy, running from one place to
+another, providing beds and clothing and other articles,--many of
+which, had I not been checked by wiser counsels, would have been
+unnecessary and unfit,--dragging cousin Serena with me; begging from
+mother, aunt Emily, and Mrs. Sanford, and drawing somewhat heavily on
+my own resources. At last every thing was ready, to the serene content
+of Mrs. Petersen, who now seemed to feel as if she had really adopted
+the children; and when evening came, I rested in the happy
+consciousness that Matty was at last well provided for, as I would have
+her, and that I had carried my point with comparatively little trouble.
+
+Jim beamed upon me every time he came near me, and he appeared to have
+a sense of partnership which was not a little amusing.
+
+Amy had "taken it awfully hard," my brothers, Norman and Douglas, said
+as they ran me on my new burst of philanthropy; but I was too
+complacent and well satisfied to be at all disturbed by their comments.
+
+Little did I dream, while dwelling on the future I had planned for the
+little hunchback, that a higher hand than mine was so soon to take all
+provision for her into its own keeping.
+
+On the afternoon of the next day, as Milly and I, just dressed for a
+very different scene from that to which we were suddenly called, were
+passing down the stairs to the carriage which was awaiting us, Jim came
+rushing up in a state of terrible excitement, with distressed,
+frightened eyes looking out of a deadly white face.
+
+"Miss Milly! Miss Milly!" he gasped, all out of breath as he was with
+rapid running, and addressing first the one to whom he was accustomed
+to turn in all emergencies or need for help, "Miss Milly, oh, come
+quick! No, no--it's Miss Amy I mean. Miss Amy, come quick; she wants
+you!"
+
+"Who wants me? what is the matter?" asked both Milly and I in one
+breath, and very much alarmed as we saw that there was really some
+serious trouble.
+
+"Matty! She'll be gone, miss. Oh, come quick!" he answered, still in
+the same breathless manner.
+
+Visions of the drunken mother returning for the child, and striving to
+take her away against her will, at once presented themselves to my
+imagination; and now, indeed, my boasted interest in Matty was tried.
+Was I expected to face this worthless, angry woman, and rescue my poor
+little _protégée_? I could not do it; this was my first thought. Then,
+again, was I to abandon the poor child without one struggle, without
+one effort to prevail on the woman to leave the helpless child in the
+better hands into which she had fallen? Like a flash of lightning all
+this passed through my brain; then I said to Jim faintly and with a
+faltering heart,--
+
+"Is there any one there to help?"
+
+"Yes, miss," answered Jim; "there's Johnny, an' Mrs. Petersen, an' the
+policeman brought her in, an' the doctor. But, O Miss Amy, do make
+haste! she wants you so bad, an' the doctor said to bring you quick."
+
+The doctor? Then was Matty ill, in danger?
+
+"What is it, Jim? Do speak," said Milly. "What _is_ the trouble? Is
+Matty ill? do you mean she is dying?"
+
+"The doctor said so, Miss Milly. 'Twas the fire-engine. But _do_ be
+quick!"
+
+A sickening horror came over me, and Milly turned as white as a sheet;
+but no more time was lost. We hurried into the carriage, bade Jim mount
+beside the coachman, and, not even knowing whither we were bound, left
+the directions to him.
+
+But the drive to our unknown destination was not a long one; and in two
+minutes we drew up at Dutch Johnny's little flower-store, around which
+a crowd had gathered, through which we had to push our way; or rather
+the policeman, who stood by the door, opened a way for us.
+
+Stretched upon the floor, in the midst of all the delicate verdure and
+brilliant color in the florist's small store, lay Matty, her little
+shorn head supported upon the breast of Mrs. Petersen, who was bending
+over her with the tears running down her cheeks. At Mrs. Petersen's
+side was Tony, leaning his head against her other shoulder, his face a
+mixture of terror, grief, and bewilderment, both his hands clasping
+those of Matty; around were grouped Johnny, a doctor, and a second
+officer.
+
+Matty's eyes were fixed upon the door; and as we entered, a sudden
+gleam of intelligence and pleasure lighted them. She drew one of her
+hands from Tony's clasp, and stretched it out to me.
+
+Regardless of my light spring costume as it came in contact with the
+damp floor of the greenhouse, I knelt in front of Mrs. Petersen, and
+bent over the poor little creature. Only once in my life had I seen
+death; and then neither my affections nor my sympathies had been
+enlisted, and my sensations, from the nature of the circumstances, had
+been only those of horror and repulsion, and I had fled from the sight,
+while now the recollection of it was as some dreadful dream. Never
+before had I seen a soul pass from the one life to the other; but
+countless experiences could not have told me the truth more forcibly
+than did the look upon the face so small, so pitifully old and
+care-worn. The hand of God's angel had already written it too plainly
+there.
+
+A merciful angel, blotting out the traces of suffering and weariness
+and oppression such as, happily, few of God's little ones are called
+upon to bear; and imprinting in their place rest and peace unspeakable.
+
+For Matty was passing away without pain; the injuries she had received
+had dulled sensation, while they were destroying life.
+
+She motioned for me to bend down, for she was almost past speech; then
+raising both hands she tried to push back my hat. I flung it aside, and
+she passed her hands over my hair again and again, and drew her thin
+fingers, from whose touch I did not shrink now, through the curling
+rings about my forehead and temples; then her lips moved, and Tony
+stooped to listen.
+
+"She says hers 'more purtier,'" said the poor little brother, half
+choking.
+
+"Yes, Matty," I said, "much prettier. You had the prettiest hair I ever
+saw." Then, as a sudden inspiration flashed upon me, "I am going to
+that barber to buy back your hair, Matty; and Tony shall have it for
+his own to keep all his life."
+
+Her face brightened, and a smile, the first, the only smile I ever saw
+upon it, lightened it and almost transfigured it; then she turned her
+eyes from me, and looked around the little store till they rested upon
+a beautiful pink azalea which stood at a little distance,--beautiful in
+itself, but not for the purpose for which Matty wanted it.
+
+Taking one hand from my hair, while the fingers of the other still
+lingered among my curls, she pointed to the plant, and looked wistfully
+at Johnny. The good German was not usually quick of comprehension; but
+he understood the mute appeal now, and he asked in a voice even more
+husky than his usual guttural tones,--
+
+"Vat you vants, Maddy? Some dem vlowers?"
+
+She nodded assent, and the florist hastily cut a cluster, and put it in
+her hand. With fast-failing strength she tried to place it in my hair;
+but the effort was too much; and Milly, who stood behind me, assisted
+her to arrange the blossoms as she would have them. A look of intense
+satisfaction passed over the pallid face, as though to her untutored
+taste this glaring adornment was all that could be desired; then the
+hands fell, and the lips moved.
+
+Both Tony and I tried to hear; but the only word I could hear was,
+"suffer."
+
+"Do you suffer so, poor little Matty?" I asked, for the doctor had
+assured us that she did not.
+
+She shook her head feebly, and I heard the word "children."
+
+"What children? Do you mean you want to see my little sisters, Matty?"
+I asked.
+
+"No, miss," interposed Tony. "I knows what she means. It is a teks was
+hung up in the Sunday-school room right forninst where she sat, an' she
+used to sit starin' at it like she hadn't nothin' else to think on; an'
+the lady what run the class teached it to her one day, 'cause it was
+the Golden Teks for that day, an' she's made me be a-hearin' ov it a
+many times since. She did set sich a heap by that teks as I niver saw,
+an' I'm thinkin' she wants yer to be a-repeatin' of it to her,
+miss.--Does yer, Matty?"
+
+Again she nodded; and I said as well as my sobs would let me, "Suffer
+little children to come unto me, and forbid them not; for of such is
+the kingdom of heaven."
+
+"More, more," she whispered faintly; and I repeated over and over again
+the sweet, gracious invitation which has lasted and shall last through
+all time, gathering into those loving arms the little ones of every
+degree, the beautiful and the uncouth, the happy and the oppressed;
+until to the echo of that golden text poor Matty's soul floated away
+peacefully and quietly.
+
+Unsightly, unhappy, and unloved, save for the faithful young brother to
+whom she was all in all,--to her, little had been given; and we may
+surely believe that from her little would be required.
+
+So was Matty provided for, and the care of her taken from my hands and
+those of generous Jim, who really seemed to mourn for her as though she
+had been his own sister.
+
+The particulars of the circumstances which led to her death, as related
+by Johnny Petersen, Tony, and the policeman who had witnessed the
+accident,--for accident it was,--were these.
+
+Matty had had the most unbounded terror of the fire-engines,--perhaps
+owing to the fact, stated by Tony, that her deformity had been
+occasioned by her being thrown from a window during a fire when she was
+a very young child; and she probably associated the engines with all
+the misery, both mental and physical, which she had ever since
+suffered. However that may be, the sight or sound of them was
+sufficient to rouse her from the state of dull apathy usual to her,
+into a paroxysm of alarm and nervousness; and if Tony were anywhere
+within reach she always sought his side with some fancied idea of
+protection, until the terror was beyond her vision and hearing.
+
+Tony had been sent by Johnny on some errand, and was returning, and had
+nearly reached the opposite corner of the avenue, when the sound of the
+galloping hoofs and rattling wheels of a fire-engine were heard.
+
+Matty at her stand without the florist's shop was out of harm's way;
+but no sooner did the clatter of the approaching steamer strike her
+ear, than she hastily rose from her seat, and started to meet Tony,
+who, pausing with boyish interest to watch the engine as it came up the
+cross street, did not see or heed his sister until it was too late.
+Johnny saw from within the shop, and started to hold back the child:
+but fear lent wings to Matty's usually slow and faltering footsteps;
+she heeded not or heard not his calls; and, before he could reach her,
+the engine swung around the corner into the avenue, and the already so
+sadly disfigured little form lay among the trampling hoofs and crushing
+wheels.
+
+Johnny himself had raised her, and carried her tenderly into his little
+bower, where he laid her down among the flowers to breathe away the few
+short moments of her waning life. Seeming to be conscious at once of
+what was before her, she had made Tony understand by signs and one or
+two faintly gasped words that she wanted me; and Jim, who had as usual
+stopped in on his way from school, had hastened to bring me.
+
+Sobered and sadly impressed, and yet with a feeling that Matty's
+release was a blessing beyond all expression, Milly and I returned
+home, with no heart, as may be supposed, for the entertainment for
+which we had been bound when we were called to her.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+JIM'S CONFESSION.
+
+
+Two days had passed, and poor little Matty had been laid to the rest
+which knows no breaking; and all about Mrs. Petersen's rooms and the
+little flower-shop had settled to its usual routine, save that Tony
+still abode with the kind Germans, and that he tended alone both the
+peanut-stand and his roaster. His parents had not yet returned, nor
+have we to this day obtained, or indeed sought, any trace of them; all
+concerned being only too glad that they have made no claim upon the
+little lame boy. Tony, now no longer a peanut-vender, has been promoted
+to the post of assistant and errand-boy to Johnny Petersen, who, with
+his wife, treat the lad as if he were their own son, instead of a
+little deserted waif cast by a merciful Providence into their kind
+hands.
+
+I had, happily,--or rather Edward had for me,--been able to rescue
+Matty's beautiful tresses from the hands of the conscienceless barber,
+who, when approached on the subject, demanded the most exorbitant price
+for them; but finding that the circumstances of the first sale were
+known to the gentleman, and being confronted with Tony, whom my brother
+had taken with him and left outside till he should ascertain what
+advance in price would be asked, he came down in his demands, and
+parted with them at exactly three times the sum he had paid for them,
+and which probably, in righteousness, he should have given to Matty.
+
+They were at once given to Tony, whose pride in them had been only less
+than that of his sister, and who, with a show of tender sentiment
+scarcely to be expected from one of his surroundings and antecedents,
+received them as a gift from the dead. Cheery, jolly little Tony! but
+for this and other similar tokens of an affectionate heart, it might
+have been thought that he was wanting in feeling, so easily did his
+elastic, joyous spirit throw off trouble; so completely did he extract
+all the sweet, and throw aside all the bitter, offered to him by a lot
+in life which most of us would not have envied.
+
+In the trouble and excitement over the sudden fate of the little
+"deform," as Allie and Daisy had called her, we had for the moment put
+aside the question of what was to be done with Theodore Yorke; but now
+it was to be decided.
+
+That the boy could be touched; that he was not lost to all trace of
+human or decent feeling,--was shown by the trouble, and, his
+grandparents thought, remorse, which he testified on hearing of Matty's
+tragical death; and he would even have tried to make some amends to
+Tony, had not the lame boy absolutely refused to let him come near him;
+while the florist, seeing him from within the shop, rushed out upon
+him, and threatened him with some more of the same "veesic" as he had
+administered before, seeming inclined to do so whether or no; and
+Theodore, plainly thinking discretion the better part of valor, had
+lost no time in putting a safe distance between himself and the
+pugilistic old German.
+
+Not wishing to discuss the subject in the presence of the culprit or
+his distressed and anxious grandmother, uncle Rutherford had told
+Captain Yorke to come again to our house in the evening of the day on
+which Matty was buried; having first taken counsel with father and
+mother and aunt Emily as to the best course to be pursued for all
+interested. The captain seemed quite to have lost his usual
+independence and courage, and had put himself and his family into the
+hands of those who he knew were good friends to him and his.
+
+"I didn't let on to the boy, Gov'nor an' Mr. Livingstone," he said,
+rubbing up his grizzled locks as was his wont when talking, "I didn't
+let on to the boy as we was thinkin' he was to be took from school; but
+I'm glad to say he was consid'able cut up along of that poor little
+hunchback, an' his bein' so mean to her jes' afore she was took; an'
+I'm thinkin' he has some kind of feelin's in respecks of her, all the
+more mebbe as he thinks he's goin' to get off 'thout any more
+punishment than what he got; an' I don't bear no grudge agin that Dutch
+flower-man for what he done to him,--an' isn't he a Dutchy though!
+'Pears like he ain't never studied no grammar nor good English, nor
+nothin', an' them's my opinions. He do talk the funniest, an' mos'
+times I don't hardly make no sense of it. But," with a heavy,
+long-drawn sigh, "what was yer both of ye thinkin' it was bes' to do?"
+
+"We have thought, captain," answered uncle Rutherford, to whom father
+left all explanations, "we have thought it would be best and wisest, if
+you and his grandmother and mother agree, to send Theodore to a
+boarding-school on Long Island, where he will be kept under very strict
+discipline and supervision."
+
+"Supervision! an' what may that be, Gov'nor, askin' yer pardon?" said
+the old man, as uncle Rutherford paused for a moment to see how he
+would take his proposal.
+
+Uncle Rutherford explained, and, seeing that he must confine himself to
+simple words, went on,--
+
+"We know the gentleman in charge, and believe that he will have an
+especial eye to Theodore if we ask him to do so; and he is an excellent
+teacher, and will bring him on in his studies. If Theodore does well
+there for a year or two, and shows himself fit to be trusted, we may
+then remove him to a different and higher school, where he may still
+fit himself to be a man, and a help and comfort to you. He has his
+future in his own hands; let him do well, and Mr. Livingstone and I
+will see that he is provided for till he is fitted to take care of
+himself; but an opportunity which might have been his"--O, dear uncle
+Rutherford, why need you have told this?--"must pass to another who has
+better deserved it. Do you feel that you can part with the boy, and let
+him go to boarding-school?"
+
+"I reckon I ain't goin' to have much feelin's agin it," answered the
+captain, whose face had assumed an expression of intense relief as
+uncle Rutherford unfolded his plans. "I don't set such a heap by the
+boy as to set my face against his goin' to the boardin'-school, if it
+do be stric'; it'll do him good; an' he ain't got roun' me so's the
+other gran'children have, an' I'd a sight rather we had Jim for a
+gran'boy than this one, if he is my own flesh an' blood, as they say. I
+ain't never took no stock in him sence the first day he come, when I
+see him take his little sister's bigger cake unbeknownst to the little
+one, an' put his'n what was not so big in its place."
+
+There were no family secrets or shortcomings which would not come to
+light when the captain was on the high-road to such disclosures; for a
+wise and discreet reticence was not his distinguishing characteristic,
+as we know.
+
+"I hope he'll do well, an' turn out a credit to ye, Gov'nor an' Mr.
+Livingstone," he continued, as though washing his hands of the boy,
+though all the while the trouble dwelt upon his weather-beaten old
+face; "but _I_ bet on Jim, an' I wish it was him had the chance ye
+speak of. Mebbe it is, now; an' if it was, it'd be 'most a set-off agin
+the other not havin' it. I set a lot on Jim!"
+
+And the old man looked inquiringly at uncle Rutherford, who was not,
+however, _quite_ so indiscreet as his interlocutor, and kept his own
+counsel so far as this.
+
+So it was settled, then. Theodore was to be removed from the school he
+was attending at present, and sent to the boarding-school, where he
+would be under far closer restraint than he could be in the city, or
+even at home with his grandparents; and there could be no question that
+the old man felt that a great responsibility was taken from his
+shoulders.
+
+"I wish it was time to go home. I mean, I wish Miss Yorke was cured up
+so's we could go home," he said. "I reckon I've seen about all there is
+to see in this town; an' it's my opinions I might 'bout as well be
+thinkin' of the seines an' poles, an' lobster-pots, an' so on. Course
+they wants lookin' arter 'cordin' to custom this time o' year; an'
+Jabez he's took so to carpenterin' an' what he calls cabiny-makin',
+he's goin' to let 'em slip, Jabez is; an' come time for settin' 'em
+they ain't goin' to be ready, an' I reckon I oughter to be there; but
+the doctor, he says four weeks more for Miss Yorke, an' he'll let her
+go cured. She's pretty first-rate now, an' she don't walk no more with
+a cane, on'y comin' up an' down the stairs. I never did see such folks
+to have long ladders of stairs as York folks is; when I fust come, I
+used to think I wouldn't never get to the top of 'em; an' even the poor
+folks here has to go a-pilin' theirselves up atop of stairs as high as
+a mast, one lot atop of another. Ye get up near the sky there; not that
+folks is so good an' heavenly; no, no; there's on'y a few of 'em that
+way;" with an approving nod at father and uncle Rutherford, and a
+comprehensive wave of his hand, as if to say that he excepted from his
+adverse criticism both of his present companions, and all who belonged
+to them; "on'y a few; but they're pintin' straight for the New
+Jerusylem,"--another nod pointed the compliment. "Where was I? Oh, them
+stairs. Wa'l, as I was a-sayin', I reckon I've had 'bout enuf of 'em,
+an' I'd like to be home where I can be down onto the flat groun' an'
+not like to what's his name's coffin, what I heerd the boys speakin'
+about, what got hitched half way up to heaven an' stuck there. He's a
+fable feller, ov course; Mahomet, that's his name; there ain't never
+been no such doin's sence miracle days 'cept in the theayters an' them
+places. An' t'other night Miss Dodge, she asked me would I go to the
+opery, an' I says 'yes.' I was boun' to see all there was to see, an'
+we went; an' such a goin' up stairs as there was there, up an' up an'
+up, an' when we got there I thought we might ha' stopped sooner; for
+down below there was lots of folks sittin' an' standin', an' I asked
+Miss Dodge why she didn't stop onto some of them floors, three or four
+of 'em below, an' she kinder smirked, an' says it costs lots to go in
+there. Wa'l, I couldn't make out what they was at on the platform,--the
+play actors; it wasn't half so nice as the mother-in-law actin'; they
+did all their talkin' to singin', an' they died singin', an' all sorts
+of things; an' there was a old man got young an' fell spooney on a
+girl; an' they all got foolisher an' foolisher, an' the devil was
+there, an' such a mix-up; an' bimeby the girl, she died in a prison,
+an' angel actin' folks come down an' took her up,--leastways was takin'
+her up to heaven,--an' there come a hitch, an' there they stuck, half
+up, half down. Miss Dodge said there must ha' been somethin' wrong with
+the machinery what h'isted 'em; an' it made me think of that feller's
+coffin, so I sung out, 'Mahomet's coffin!' an' the folks, some larfed,
+they was mostly boys an' young fellers, an' some few below looked up;
+an' Miss Dodge, she was awful affronted, an' she says she was glad
+enough we wasn't below, she would ha' been too mortified. W'al, that
+ain't nothin' to do with Miss Yorke, for she wasn't along; she couldn't
+ha' clumb so high; an' I never was a man of many words, so I'll get to
+my p'int. As I was a-sayin', Miss Yorke, she can't go home yet, an' she
+can't be left alone, so I've got to stay on."
+
+Here mamma went to the rescue; for, as before, the rest of the family
+were gathered in the next room, and heard all that had passed. The two
+gentlemen had allowed the captain to ramble on, partly because he
+amused them and us, partly because they knew it was of little use to
+try to stop him after he had once started to expound his views on men
+and things.
+
+"Captain," said mamma, joining the two in the library, "Mrs. Rutherford
+and I thought you were growing weary of the city, and wanted to go back
+home; so we have arranged a little plan which may suit you both, and
+will certainly suit me well. I have a great deal of sewing to be done
+now, which I should like to have done in the house, and Mrs. Yorke is
+such a beautiful seamstress that I should be glad of her assistance.
+Suppose that she comes here. I can give her accommodation on the
+basement floor, so that she need not go up and down stairs; and Mammy
+and my own seamstress will gladly do all that is needful for her. Then
+you can go home as soon as you choose. Will you ask her?"
+
+The captain gazed for a minute into mother's face, then looked from her
+to father, from him to uncle Rutherford, and drew a long breath.
+
+"Wa'l!" he ejaculated, "when you folks gets histed to heaven, I reckon
+there ain't goin' to be no hitch in the histin'. An' them's my
+opinions."
+
+Having delivered himself of these "opinions," he rose, shook hands with
+mother, father, and uncle Rutherford, a long hard shake, expressive of
+his feelings; came into the room where the rest of us were gathered,
+and went through the same ceremony all round; returned to the library
+and repeated it, then once more back to the drawing-room for a second
+pumping of each arm, and finally managed to convey himself away; the
+last words which father heard as he closed the door behind him being,
+"No hitch in _that_ histin'."
+
+Two days after, Mrs. Yorke was comfortably settled in our basement, and
+industriously plying her needle; the captain was on his way home by
+water, where he would not be apt to go astray; while at a very few
+hours' notice Theodore had been removed from the one school, and sent
+to the other.
+
+"Miss Milly," said Jim, meeting my sister in the hall on the afternoon
+of the day on which he had learned that his rival had been taken from
+the school they had both attended, and speaking in evident but
+repressed excitement, "Miss Milly, they say Theodore Yorke has left
+school for good. Has he, Miss Milly?"
+
+"He has left your school, and been sent to another, Jim, where you will
+not be likely to meet him soon again," answered Milly.
+
+"And they say it's an awful strict school, Miss Milly, a kind of a
+bad-boy school, where a feller don't get half so much chance as he does
+in ours."
+
+"I think the discipline is very strict, Jim," replied his young
+mistress.
+
+"And," wistfully, "he was sent there because of what he done--I mean,
+did--to Matty?"
+
+Even in the midst of excitement, Jim was becoming careful to correct
+himself when he lapsed inadvertently into any inaccuracies of speech.
+
+Milly hesitated for a moment, but she thought that the lesson might
+possibly point a moral, and she answered,--
+
+"Yes, for that especially, Jim. It was his crowning offence; but
+Theodore is not a good, upright boy, and it was thought better to
+remove him to another and a stricter school."
+
+"Thank you'm," said the lad as he walked away with a crestfallen air
+which much surprised Milly. Was he going to take so much to heart the
+absence of the boy between whom and himself there had waged a constant
+state of warfare ever since they had first met? Amy must be right,
+thought Milly, and there must be something behind these singular moods
+of Jim's. Was it possible that he, too, had fallen into temptation and
+sin, and, seeing with what consequences these had been fraught for
+Theodore, was now trembling for himself? She could hardly believe this,
+Jim had proved himself so frank and upright; but there must be
+something which he was hiding, and this was the only solution at which
+she could arrive.
+
+But she was not kept much longer in doubt.
+
+Jim slept over the matter upon his mind and conscience, and the next
+morning, which happened to be Saturday, and therefore a holiday, came
+to her, and requested a private interview.
+
+The request was readily granted; and, taking him aside, Milly waited
+with more anxiety than can well be appreciated by those who did not
+know her interest in the boy.
+
+"Miss Milly," he said, shifting uneasily from one foot to the other,
+and twisting his hands nervously together as he stood before her, "Miss
+Milly, I've got something I ought to tell you."
+
+"Well, Jim?" said Milly encouragingly.
+
+"I don' know what you're goin' to think of me, miss," he answered with
+a very shamed face.
+
+"If you have done wrong, Jim, and are ready to confess it now, I shall
+not be very severe with you,--you know that, Jim," said Milly. "You
+are in some trouble. I have seen for a long time that you had something
+on your mind; if you tell me, I may be able to help you out of it."
+
+"I ain't in no scrape, Miss Milly, if that's what you mean," said the
+boy; "only--only--it's a mean kind of a thing, an' I've got to tell.
+'Tain't fair for me to keep it to myself any longer. Bill's the only
+other feller knows. It's going to take my chance, for sure; but all the
+same, I've got to tell. I ain't so afraid of you as of--some others."
+He paused again, and again Milly had to re-assure and encourage him,
+bidding him remember that others as well as herself had his good and
+interest at heart, and that he had already tested these and not found
+them wanting.
+
+"I know, Miss Milly," he answered, "but I can't bear for you or none of
+the family to think me a sneak, an' that's what I feel I've been now.
+'Twasn't fair, an' now I know it. I did know it all along, on'y I
+wouldn't let on."
+
+"Well, come, Jim," said Milly, determined to bring him to the point
+without any more of this shilly-shallying which was exceedingly unlike
+Jim; "you must tell me at once if you wish to do so, for I have an
+engagement, and shall have to leave you very soon."
+
+"Well, miss," he replied, thus urged, "I found out--don't you be
+ashamed of me, Miss Milly--I found out about how Mr. Rutherford was
+goin' to give a big thing, some kind of a thing in the way of eddication,
+to me or Theodore Yorke, whichever turned out best this year at school,
+an' how he thought Theodore was a sneak, an' me too hot-tempered, an'
+always ready for a fight,--an' how he was goin' to see which did the
+best, not on'y in his learnin', but in his conduck, quite without us
+knowin' about what was afore us, an' then give that one this big thing.
+And, Miss Milly, you an' Mr. Rutherford, an' the rest of the fam'ly,
+maybe, thought me doin' well, an' takin' care of my temper. An' maybe
+so I was; but it was 'cause I was _bound_ to beat Theodore, an' not let
+him get that prize. I felt awful mean all along; but now Theodore's cut
+up so, an' got sent off, an' he never knew nothin' about it, or maybe
+he'd done better, an' I don't feel it's fair in me. I knew, an' he
+didn't. I stood a lot from Theodore, an' didn't fly out at him on'y
+once or twice that you know about; but I wouldn't ha' stood it, an'
+there's many a time I would ha' fought him an' the other boys, too,
+on'y for thinkin' of that. So, you see, I did get more chance at the
+beginning than him, an' 'tain't fair in me. An' I thought to myself, If
+you're goin' to do a mean thing like this to get a hitch in life, how
+you goin' to get fit to be President? If you see somebody doin' a
+sneaky or dishonest thing, you can't have the face to pull him up an'
+send him to prison,"--as may be seen, Jim's ideas of the Presidential
+authority were that it was unlimited and autocratic,--"when you know
+you got there yourself on the sly; an' I wouldn't feel fit for it. So
+there wasn't no comfort in it one way or another; an' I made up my mind
+I'd tell you, an' you can tell Mr. Rutherford; an' anyhow I'll come out
+fair an' even chances with Theodore. Mr. Rutherford will maybe think
+this is worse than fightin' an' blowin' out?" interrogatively and
+wistfully.
+
+Milly had let him go on without interruption when she had once succeeded
+in starting him, and had asked no questions; now she said,--
+
+"I think, Jim, that Mr. Rutherford will be pleased that you had so far
+the mastery over yourself that you would not take what you considered
+an unfair advantage over Theodore. I am glad, truly glad that you have
+succeeded in learning to control your temper; but still more glad that
+your sense of honor and right led you to tell of this. But how did you
+learn of Mr. Rutherford's plan?"
+
+Jim related how Bill, overhearing the conversation, or at least a part
+of it, on the evening on which the matter had been discussed by the
+family, had been the medium of communication, and how they had both
+resolutely guarded their knowledge of it until now; when Jim had told
+his comrade that he _must_ make confession, and put himself, as he
+thought, on equal ground with his antagonist and unconscious rival.
+
+"I didn't do it for no good feelin' to Theodore, Miss Milly," he added,
+"for I b'lieve I just _hate_ Theodore. I didn't feel none too good to
+him ever since first I seen him, an' the more I saw him the worse I got
+to like him; but all the same, I'd got to be fair to him when it
+come--came--to his chance bein' lost. If I couldn't take care of myself
+that way, I ain't goin' to be fit to take care of these United States.
+Miss Milly, you'll tell Mr. Rutherford? I could tell you, but I
+couldn't tell him."
+
+Milly answered him that she would be the bearer of his confession; and
+left him, much relieved herself to find that he had been guilty of
+nothing more serious, and thankful from her very heart to see that her
+teachings and his newly-awakened sense of justice would not allow him
+to take unfair advantage of another, even though that other might be
+one whom he considered an enemy. She lost no time in seeking uncle
+Rutherford, and telling him all, so that the boy might not be in
+suspense longer than was necessary; for she well knew that he would
+find a lenient judge in our uncle.
+
+Nor was she wrong. Uncle Rutherford sent for Jim, and taking the boy's
+hand, shook it heartily, as he said, "My boy, you have gained the
+mastery over yourself, and no man can achieve a greater victory. I
+could wish that you had tried to keep control over your temper from a
+better and higher motive than the wish to outstrip Theodore; but we may
+trust that you will set that before yourself now. Go on as you have
+begun, and the scholarship is yours in good time. My best wishes go
+with you, and I sincerely trust that you may win the prize."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Uncle Rutherford's Nieces, by Joanna H. Mathews
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UNCLE RUTHERFORD'S NIECES ***
+
+***** This file should be named 21666-8.txt or 21666-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/2/1/6/6/21666/
+
+Produced by David Edwards and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.